rename the following methods:

tqparent parent
tqmask mask


git-svn-id: svn://anonsvn.kde.org/home/kde/branches/trinity/kdesdk@1246260 283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da
v3.5.13-sru
tpearson 13 years ago
parent 0813b39aed
commit 22253cd8fb

@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
#include <klocale.h>
AddRemoveDialog::AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(),
AddRemoveDialog::AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(),
Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true)
{
setCaption( (action==Add)? i18n("CVS Add") :

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class AddRemoveDialog : public KDialogBase
public:
enum ActionType { Add, AddBinary, Remove };
explicit AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
explicit AddRemoveDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
void setFileList(const TQStringList& files);

@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
AddRepositoryDialog::AddRepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, const TQString& repo,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Add Repository"),
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Add Repository"),
Ok | Cancel, Ok, true)
, partConfig(cfg)
{

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class AddRepositoryDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AddRepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, const TQString& repo, TQWidget* tqparent = 0,
AddRepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, const TQString& repo, TQWidget* parent = 0,
const char* name = 0);
virtual ~AddRepositoryDialog();

@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
#include "annotateview.h"
AnnotateDialog::AnnotateDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(),
AnnotateDialog::AnnotateDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(),
Close | Help, Close, true)
, partConfig(cfg)
{

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class AnnotateDialog : public KDialogBase
{
public:
explicit AnnotateDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit AnnotateDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~AnnotateDialog();

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class AnnotateViewItem : public TQListViewItem
public:
enum { LineNumberColumn, AuthorColumn, ContentColumn };
AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *tqparent, const LogInfo& logInfo,
AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *parent, const LogInfo& logInfo,
const TQString &content, bool odd, int linenumber);
virtual int compare(TQListViewItem *item, int col, bool ascending) const;
@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ private:
const int AnnotateViewItem::BORDER = 4;
AnnotateViewItem::AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *tqparent, const LogInfo& logInfo,
AnnotateViewItem::AnnotateViewItem(AnnotateView *parent, const LogInfo& logInfo,
const TQString &content, bool odd, int linenumber)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
, m_logInfo(logInfo)
, m_content(content)
, m_odd(odd)
@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ int AnnotateViewItem::width(const TQFontMetrics &fm, const TQListView *, int col
caused by a bug in TQHeader::adjustHeaderSize() in TQt <= 3.0.4.
*/
AnnotateView::AnnotateView(KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name, WRepaintNoErase | WResizeNoErase)
AnnotateView::AnnotateView(KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQListView(parent, name, WRepaintNoErase | WResizeNoErase)
{
setFrameStyle(TQFrame::WinPanel | TQFrame::Sunken);
setAllColumnsShowFocus(true);

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class AnnotateView : public TQListView
public:
explicit AnnotateView( KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit AnnotateView( KConfig &cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
void addLine(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo, const TQString& content,
bool odd);

@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ using Cervisia::TagDialog;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libcervisiapart, CervisiaFactory )
CervisiaPart::CervisiaPart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& /*args*/ )
: KParts::ReadOnlyPart( tqparent, name )
TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& /*args*/ )
: KParts::ReadOnlyPart( parent, name )
, hasRunningJob( false )
, opt_hideFiles( false )
, opt_hideUpToDate( false )
@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ void CervisiaBrowserExtension::setPropertiesActionEnabled(bool enabled)
void CervisiaBrowserExtension::properties()
{
static_cast<CervisiaPart*>(tqparent())->slotFileProperties();
static_cast<CervisiaPart*>(parent())->slotFileProperties();
}
// Local Variables:

@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class CervisiaPart : public KParts::ReadOnlyPart
public:
CervisiaPart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name=0, const TQStringList& args = TQStringList());
TQObject *parent, const char *name=0, const TQStringList& args = TQStringList());
virtual ~CervisiaPart();
/**

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ static inline TQString DateStringISO8601()
ChangeLogDialog::Options *ChangeLogDialog::options = 0;
ChangeLogDialog::ChangeLogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Edit ChangeLog"),
ChangeLogDialog::ChangeLogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Edit ChangeLog"),
Ok | Cancel, Ok, true)
, partConfig(cfg)
{

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class KConfig;
class ChangeLogDialog : public KDialogBase
{
public:
explicit ChangeLogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit ChangeLogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~ChangeLogDialog();

@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ using Cervisia::IsValidTag;
CheckoutDialog::CheckoutDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service,
ActionType action, TQWidget* tqparent,
ActionType action, TQWidget* parent,
const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(),
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(),
Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true)
, act(action)
, partConfig(cfg)

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
enum ActionType { Checkout, Import };
CheckoutDialog( KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, ActionType action,
TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
TQString workingDirectory() const;
TQString repository() const;

@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
class CommitListItem : public TQCheckListItem
{
public:
CommitListItem(TQListView* tqparent, const TQString& text, const TQString fileName)
: TQCheckListItem(tqparent, text, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox)
CommitListItem(TQListView* parent, const TQString& text, const TQString fileName)
: TQCheckListItem(parent, text, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox)
, m_fileName(fileName)
{
}
@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ private:
CommitDialog::CommitDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("CVS Commit"),
TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("CVS Commit"),
Ok | Cancel | Help | User1, Ok, true)
, partConfig(cfg)
, cvsService(service)

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class CommitDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CommitDialog( KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, TQWidget *tqparent=0,
CommitDialog( KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* service, TQWidget *parent=0,
const char *name=0 );
virtual ~CommitDialog();

@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
using Cervisia::CvsInitDialog;
CvsInitDialog::CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Create New Repository (cvs init)"),
CvsInitDialog::CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Create New Repository (cvs init)"),
Ok | Cancel, Ok, true)
{
TQFrame* mainWidget = makeMainWidget();

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class CvsInitDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
CvsInitDialog(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQString directory() const;

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ TQString SshAgent::m_authSock = TQString();
TQString SshAgent::m_pid = TQString();
SshAgent::SshAgent(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQObject(tqparent, name)
SshAgent::SshAgent(TQObject* parent, const char* name)
: TQObject(parent, name)
{
}

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class SshAgent : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SshAgent(TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
SshAgent(TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~SshAgent();
bool querySshAgent();

@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
#include "diffview.h"
DiffDialog::DiffDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, bool modal)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, modal, TQString(),
DiffDialog::DiffDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool modal)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, modal, TQString(),
Close | Help | User1, Close, true, KStdGuiItem::saveAs())
, partConfig(cfg)
{
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ bool DiffDialog::parseCvsDiff(CvsService_stub* service, const TQString& fileName
// front end, it is executed from here. Of course, in that
// case this dialog wouldn't have to be created in the first
// place, but this design at least makes the handling trans-
// tqparent for the calling routines
// parent for the calling routines
TQString extdiff = partConfig.readPathEntry("ExternalDiff");
if (!extdiff.isEmpty())

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class DiffDialog : public KDialogBase
public:
explicit DiffDialog( KConfig& config, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0,
explicit DiffDialog( KConfig& config, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0,
bool modal=false );
virtual ~DiffDialog();

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ const int DiffView::BORDER = 7;
DiffView::DiffView( KConfig& cfg, bool withlinenos, bool withmarker,
TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: QtTableView(tqparent, name, WRepaintNoErase)
TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: QtTableView(parent, name, WRepaintNoErase)
, partConfig(cfg)
{
setNumRows(0);
@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ void DiffView::wheelEvent(TQWheelEvent *e)
}
DiffZoomWidget::DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQFrame(tqparent, name)
DiffZoomWidget::DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQFrame(parent, name)
{
tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Fixed, TQSizePolicy::Minimum ) );

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public:
enum DiffType { Change, Insert, Delete, Neutral, Unchanged, Separator };
DiffView( KConfig& cfg, bool withlinenos, bool withmarker,
TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
void setPartner(DiffView *other);
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ class DiffZoomWidget : public TQFrame
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
DiffZoomWidget(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~DiffZoomWidget();
void setDiffView(DiffView *view);

@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ using namespace Cervisia;
#include <kurl.h>
EditWithMenu::EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQObject(tqparent)
EditWithMenu::EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* parent)
: TQObject(parent)
, m_menu(0)
, m_url(url)
{

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class EditWithMenu : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* tqparent);
EditWithMenu(const KURL& url, TQWidget* parent);
TQPopupMenu* menu();
private slots:

@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ public:
enum { Date, Event, Author, Revision, File, Path };
HistoryItem(TQListView *tqparent, const TQDateTime& date)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent), m_date(date)
HistoryItem(TQListView *parent, const TQDateTime& date)
: TQListViewItem(parent), m_date(date)
{}
virtual int compare(TQListViewItem* i, int col, bool) const;
@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ bool HistoryItem::isOther()
}
HistoryDialog::HistoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(),
HistoryDialog::HistoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(),
Close | Help, ButtonCode(0), true)
, partConfig(cfg)
{

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class HistoryDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit HistoryDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit HistoryDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~HistoryDialog();
bool parseHistory(CvsService_stub* cvsService);

@ -57,8 +57,8 @@
#include "patchoptiondlg.h"
LogDialog::LogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(),
LogDialog::LogDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(),
Ok | Apply | Close | Help | User1 | User2 | User3, Close, true,
KGuiItem(i18n("&Annotate")),
KGuiItem(i18n("&Diff"), "vcs_diff"),

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class LogDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit LogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit LogDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~LogDialog();

@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ int LogListViewItem::compare(TQListViewItem* i, int col, bool ascending) const
}
LogListView::LogListView(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KListView(tqparent, name)
LogListView::LogListView(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KListView(parent, name)
, partConfig(cfg)
{
setAllColumnsShowFocus(true);

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class LogListView : public KListView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit LogListView( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit LogListView( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~LogListView();
void addRevision(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo);

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ using Cervisia::LogMessageEdit;
#include <kaccel.h>
LogMessageEdit::LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* tqparent)
: KTextEdit(tqparent)
LogMessageEdit::LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* parent)
: KTextEdit(parent)
, KCompletionBase()
, m_completing(false)
, m_completionStartPos(0)

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class LogMessageEdit : public KTextEdit, public KCompletionBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* tqparent);
explicit LogMessageEdit(TQWidget* parent);
virtual void setCompletedText(const TQString& match);
virtual void setCompletedItems(const TQStringList& items);

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
using namespace Cervisia;
LogPlainView::LogPlainView(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KTextBrowser(tqparent, name)
LogPlainView::LogPlainView(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KTextBrowser(parent, name)
, m_find(0)
, m_findPos(0)
{

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class LogPlainView : public KTextBrowser
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit LogPlainView(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
explicit LogPlainView(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~LogPlainView();
void addRevision(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo);

@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ public:
};
LogTreeView::LogTreeView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQTable(tqparent, name)
LogTreeView::LogTreeView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQTable(parent, name)
{
if (!static_initialized)
{

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class LogTreeView : public TQTable
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit LogTreeView( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit LogTreeView( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
void addRevision(const Cervisia::LogInfo& logInfo);
void setSelectedPair(TQString selectionA, TQString selectionB);

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
MergeDialog::MergeDialog(CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("CVS Merge"),
TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("CVS Merge"),
Ok | Cancel, Ok, true),
cvsService(service)
{

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class MergeDialog : public KDialogBase
public:
MergeDialog( CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
bool byBranch() const;
TQString branch() const;

@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static int FindWhiteSpace(const TQString& str, int index)
static const TQStringList FetchBranchesAndTags(const TQString& searchedType,
CvsService_stub* cvsService,
TQWidget* tqparent)
TQWidget* parent)
{
TQStringList branchOrTagList;
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ static const TQStringList FetchBranchesAndTags(const TQString& searchedType,
if( !cvsService->ok() )
return branchOrTagList;
ProgressDialog dlg(tqparent, "tqStatus", job, TQString(), i18n("CVS tqStatus"));
ProgressDialog dlg(parent, "tqStatus", job, TQString(), i18n("CVS tqStatus"));
if( dlg.execute() )
{
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ TQString Cervisia::NormalizeRepository(const TQString& repository)
}
bool Cervisia::CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* tqparent)
bool Cervisia::CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* parent)
{
bool result = true;
@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ bool Cervisia::CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* tqparent)
// does the file already exist?
if( fi.exists() )
{
result = (KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(tqparent,
result = (KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(parent,
i18n("A file named \"%1\" already exists. Are you sure you want to overwrite it?").tqarg(fileName),
i18n("Overwrite File?"),
KGuiItem(i18n("&Overwrite"), "filesave", i18n("Overwrite the file"))) == KMessageBox::Continue);
@ -259,17 +259,17 @@ TQStringList splitLine(TQString line, char delim)
}
const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent)
const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent)
{
return FetchBranchesAndTags(TQString::tqfromLatin1("branch"), cvsService,
tqparent);
parent);
}
const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent)
const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent)
{
return FetchBranchesAndTags(TQString::tqfromLatin1("revision"), cvsService,
tqparent);
parent);
}

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ TQString UserName();
*/
TQString NormalizeRepository(const TQString& repository);
bool CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* tqparent=0);
bool CheckOverwrite(const TQString& fileName, TQWidget* parent=0);
}
@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ TQStringList splitLine(TQString, char delim=' ');
TQString tempFileName(const TQString& suffix);
void cleanupTempFiles();
const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent);
const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* tqparent);
const TQStringList fetchBranches(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent);
const TQStringList fetchTags(CvsService_stub* cvsService, TQWidget* parent);
/**
* Compares two revision numbers.

@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ using Cervisia::PatchOptionDialog;
#include <klocale.h>
PatchOptionDialog::PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true/*modal*/, TQString(),
PatchOptionDialog::PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true/*modal*/, TQString(),
Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true/*separator*/)
{
TQFrame* mainWidget = makeMainWidget();

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class PatchOptionDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
explicit PatchOptionDialog(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~PatchOptionDialog();
TQString diffOptions() const;

@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ struct ProgressDialog::Private
};
ProgressDialog::ProgressDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& heading,
ProgressDialog::ProgressDialog(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& heading,
const DCOPRef& job, const TQString& errorIndicator,
const TQString& caption)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, 0, true, caption, Cancel, Cancel, true)
: KDialogBase(parent, 0, true, caption, Cancel, Cancel, true)
, DCOPObject()
, d(new Private)
{

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class ProgressDialog : public KDialogBase, public DCOPObject
// TQ_OBJECT
public:
ProgressDialog(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& heading, const DCOPRef& job,
ProgressDialog(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& heading, const DCOPRef& job,
const TQString& errorIndicator, const TQString& caption = "");
~ProgressDialog();

@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
#include "cvsjob_stub.h"
ProtocolView::ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQTextEdit(tqparent, name)
ProtocolView::ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQTextEdit(parent, name)
, job(0)
, m_isUpdateJob(false)
{

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class ProtocolView : public TQTextEdit, public DCOPObject
// TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
explicit ProtocolView(const TQCString& appId, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~ProtocolView();
bool startJob(bool isUpdateJob = false);

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ public:
void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
};
TQCornerSquare::TQCornerSquare( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name )
TQCornerSquare::TQCornerSquare( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: TQWidget( parent, name )
{
}
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void TQCornerSquare::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
/*!
Constructs a table view. The \a tqparent, \a name and \f arguments
Constructs a table view. The \a parent, \a name and \f arguments
are passed to the TQFrame constructor.
The \link setTableFlags() table flags\endlink are all cleared (set to 0).
@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ void TQCornerSquare::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
*/
QtTableView::QtTableView( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, WFlags f )
: TQFrame( tqparent, name, f )
QtTableView::QtTableView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags f )
: TQFrame( parent, name, f )
{
nRows = nCols = 0; // zero rows/cols
xCellOffs = yCellOffs = 0; // zero offset

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
void tqrepaint( const TQRect &, bool erase=TRUE );
protected:
QtTableView( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, WFlags f=0 );
QtTableView( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, WFlags f=0 );
~QtTableView();
int numRows() const;

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
class RepositoryListItem : public KListViewItem
{
public:
RepositoryListItem(KListView* tqparent, const TQString& repo, bool loggedin);
RepositoryListItem(KListView* parent, const TQString& repo, bool loggedin);
void setRsh(const TQString& rsh);
void setServer(const TQString& server) { m_server = server; }
@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ static bool LoginNeeded(const TQString& repository)
}
RepositoryListItem::RepositoryListItem(KListView* tqparent, const TQString& repo,
RepositoryListItem::RepositoryListItem(KListView* parent, const TQString& repo,
bool loggedin)
: KListViewItem(tqparent)
: KListViewItem(parent)
, m_isLoggedIn(loggedin)
{
setText(0, repo);
@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ void RepositoryListItem::changeLoginStatusColumn()
RepositoryDialog::RepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* cvsService,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("Configure Access to Repositories"),
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("Configure Access to Repositories"),
Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true)
, m_partConfig(cfg)
, m_cvsService(cvsService)

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class RepositoryDialog : public KDialogBase
public:
RepositoryDialog(KConfig& cfg, CvsService_stub* cvsService,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~RepositoryDialog();
void readConfigFile();

@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ private:
}
ResolveDialog::ResolveDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(),
ResolveDialog::ResolveDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(),
Close | Help | User1 | User2, Close, true,
KStdGuiItem::saveAs(), KStdGuiItem::save())
, markeditem(-1)

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class ResolveDialog : public KDialogBase
public:
enum ChooseType { ChA, ChB, ChAB, ChBA, ChEdit };
explicit ResolveDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit ResolveDialog( KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~ResolveDialog();
bool parseFile(const TQString &name);

@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ using namespace Cervisia;
#include <ktextedit.h>
ResolveEditorDialog::ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(),
ResolveEditorDialog::ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(),
Ok | Cancel, Ok, true)
, m_partConfig(cfg)
{

@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ namespace Cervisia
class ResolveEditorDialog : public KDialogBase
{
public:
explicit ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
explicit ResolveEditorDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~ResolveEditorDialog();
void setContent(const TQString& text);

@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ namespace
}
FontButton::FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: TQPushButton(text, tqparent, name)
FontButton::FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: TQPushButton(text, parent, name)
{
connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQT_SLOT(chooseFont()) );
}
@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ void FontButton::chooseFont()
}
SettingsDialog::SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
SettingsDialog::SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KDialogBase(KDialogBase::IconList, i18n("Configure Cervisia"),
KDialogBase::Ok | KDialogBase::Cancel | KDialogBase::Help,
KDialogBase::Ok,
tqparent, name, true)
parent, name, true)
{
config = conf;

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class FontButton : public TQPushButton
TQ_OBJECT
public:
FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
FontButton( const TQString &text, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
private slots:
void chooseFont();
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class SettingsDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
SettingsDialog( KConfig *conf, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
virtual ~SettingsDialog();
protected slots:

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
using Cervisia::TagDialog;
TagDialog::TagDialog(ActionType action, CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(),
TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(),
Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true),
act(action),
cvsService(service),

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public:
enum ActionType { Create, Delete };
TagDialog( ActionType action, CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
bool branchTag() const;
bool forceTag() const;

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public:
/**
* @param widget The widget you want to add tooltips to. It's also used as
* tqparent for the TQObject. So you don't have to free an instance of this
* parent for the TQObject. So you don't have to free an instance of this
* class yourself.
*/
explicit ToolTip(TQWidget* widget);
@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ signals:
* wants to display anythink it must set a valid tooltip rectangle and a
* non empty text.
*
* @param pos The position of the tooltip in the tqparent widget's coordinate system.
* @param pos The position of the tooltip in the parent widget's coordinate system.
*
* @param rect The rectangle in the tqparent widget's coordinate system where the
* @param rect The rectangle in the parent widget's coordinate system where the
* tooltip is valid.
*
* @param text The tooltip text.

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
UpdateDialog::UpdateDialog(CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, i18n("CVS Update"),
TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, i18n("CVS Update"),
Ok | Cancel, Ok, true),
cvsService(service)
{

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class UpdateDialog : public KDialogBase
public:
UpdateDialog( CvsService_stub* service,
TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
bool byTag() const;
TQString tag() const;

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ using Cervisia::Entry;
using Cervisia::EntrytqStatus;
UpdateView::UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KListView(tqparent, name),
UpdateView::UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KListView(parent, name),
m_partConfig(partConfig),
m_unfoldingTree(false)
{
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ void UpdateView::foldTree()
while (TQListViewItem* item = it.current())
{
// don't close the top level directory
if (isDirItem(item) && item->tqparent())
if (isDirItem(item) && item->parent())
item->setOpen(false);
++it;
@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ void UpdateView::syncSelection()
UpdateDirItem* dirItem(0);
if (isDirItem(item))
dirItem = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(item);
else if (TQListViewItem* parentItem = item->tqparent())
else if (TQListViewItem* parentItem = item->parent())
dirItem = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(parentItem);
if (dirItem)

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public:
NoRemoved=4, NoNotInCVS=8 , NoEmptyDirectories = 16 };
enum Action { Add, Remove, Update, UpdateNoAct, Commit };
explicit UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
explicit UpdateView(KConfig& partConfig, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~UpdateView();

@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ TQString UpdateItem::dirPath() const
{
TQString path;
const UpdateItem* item = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(tqparent());
const UpdateItem* item = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(parent());
while (item)
{
const UpdateItem* parentItem = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(item->tqparent());
const UpdateItem* parentItem = static_cast<UpdateItem*>(item->parent());
if (parentItem)
{
path.prepend(item->m_entry.m_name + TQDir::separator());
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ TQString UpdateItem::dirPath() const
TQString UpdateItem::filePath() const
{
// the filePath of the root item is '.'
return tqparent() ? dirPath() + m_entry.m_name : TQChar('.');
return parent() ? dirPath() + m_entry.m_name : TQChar('.');
}
@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ TQString UpdateItem::filePath() const
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent,
UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* parent,
const Entry& entry)
: UpdateItem(tqparent, entry),
: UpdateItem(parent, entry),
m_opened(false)
{
setExpandable(true);
@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent,
}
UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* tqparent,
UpdateDirItem::UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* parent,
const Entry& entry)
: UpdateItem(tqparent, entry),
: UpdateItem(parent, entry),
m_opened(false)
{
setExpandable(true);
@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ TQString UpdateDirItem::text(int column) const
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UpdateFileItem::UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, const Entry& entry)
: UpdateItem(tqparent, entry),
UpdateFileItem::UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Entry& entry)
: UpdateItem(parent, entry),
m_undefined(false)
{
}

@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ class UpdateItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
UpdateItem(UpdateView* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent), m_entry(entry) {}
UpdateItem(UpdateItem* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent), m_entry(entry) {}
UpdateItem(UpdateView* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry)
: TQListViewItem(parent), m_entry(entry) {}
UpdateItem(UpdateItem* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry)
: TQListViewItem(parent), m_entry(entry) {}
const Cervisia::Entry& entry() const { return m_entry; }
@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
enum { Name };
UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry);
UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry);
UpdateDirItem(UpdateView* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry);
UpdateDirItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry);
void syncWithDirectory();
void syncWithEntries();
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ public:
enum { Name, MimeType, tqStatus, Revision, TagOrDate, Timestamp };
UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* tqparent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry);
UpdateFileItem(UpdateDirItem* parent, const Cervisia::Entry& entry);
bool undefinedState() const
{ return m_undefined; }

@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ void ApplyFilterVisitor::postVisit(UpdateDirItem* item)
// - it has visible tqchildren
// - it is not opened
// - empty directories are not hidden
// - it has no tqparent (top level item)
// - it has no parent (top level item)
const bool visible(!m_invisibleDirItems.count(item)
|| !item->wasScanned()
|| !(m_filter & UpdateView::NoEmptyDirectories)
|| !item->tqparent());
|| !item->parent());
// only set invisible as TQListViewItem::setVisible() is recursive
// and so maybe overrides the state applied by the filter
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void ApplyFilterVisitor::visit(UpdateFileItem* item)
void ApplyFilterVisitor::markAllParentsAsVisible(UpdateItem* item)
{
while ((item = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(item->tqparent())))
while ((item = static_cast<UpdateDirItem*>(item->parent())))
{
TItemSet::iterator it = m_invisibleDirItems.find(item);
if (it != m_invisibleDirItems.end())

@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#include <klocale.h>
WatchDialog::WatchDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, TQString(),
WatchDialog::WatchDialog(ActionType action, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, TQString(),
Ok | Cancel | Help, Ok, true)
{
setCaption( (action==Add)? i18n("CVS Watch Add") : i18n("CVS Watch Remove") );

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public:
enum ActionType { Add, Remove };
enum Events { None=0, All=1, Commits=2, Edits=4, Unedits=8 };
explicit WatchDialog( ActionType action, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
explicit WatchDialog( ActionType action, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
Events events() const;

@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
#include "progressdlg.h"
WatchersDialog::WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, false, TQString(),
WatchersDialog::WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, false, TQString(),
Close, ButtonCode(0), true)
, partConfig(cfg)
{

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class CvsService_stub;
class WatchersDialog : public KDialogBase
{
public:
explicit WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* tqparent = 0,
explicit WatchersDialog(KConfig& cfg, TQWidget* parent = 0,
const char* name = 0);
virtual ~WatchersDialog();

@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ ${APP_NAME}Preferences::${APP_NAME}Preferences()
m_pageTwo = new ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(frame);
}
${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne::${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *tqparent)
: TQFrame(tqparent)
${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne::${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *parent)
: TQFrame(parent)
{
TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this);
tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true);
@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ ${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne::${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *tqparent)
new TQLabel("Add something here", this);
}
${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo::${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *tqparent)
: TQFrame(tqparent)
${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo::${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *parent)
: TQFrame(parent)
{
TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this);
tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true);

@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ class ${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne : public TQFrame
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *tqparent = 0);
${APP_NAME}PrefPageOne(TQWidget *parent = 0);
};
class ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo : public TQFrame
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class ${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo : public TQFrame
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *tqparent = 0);
${APP_NAME}PrefPageTwo(TQWidget *parent = 0);
};
#endif // ${APP_NAME_UC}PREF_H

@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ cat << EOF > $LOCATION_ROOT/${APP_NAME_LC}/${APP_NAME_LC}view.cpp
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include <krun.h>
${APP_NAME}View::${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent),
${APP_NAME}View::${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *parent)
: TQWidget(parent),
DCOPObject("${APP_NAME}Iface")
{
// setup our tqlayout manager to automatically add our widgets

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *tqparent);
${APP_NAME}View(TQWidget *parent);
/**
* Destructor

@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ typedef KParts::GenericFactory<${APP_NAME}Part> ${APP_NAME}PartFactory;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( lib${APP_NAME_LC}part, ${APP_NAME}PartFactory )
${APP_NAME}Part::${APP_NAME}Part( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList & /*args*/ )
: KParts::ReadWritePart(tqparent, name)
: KParts::ReadWritePart(parent, name)
{
// we need an instance
setInstance( ${APP_NAME}PartFactory::instance() );
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void ${APP_NAME}Part::setModified(bool modified)
else
save->setEnabled(false);
// in any event, we want our tqparent to do it's thing
// in any event, we want our parent to do it's thing
ReadWritePart::setModified(modified);
}

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public:
* Default constructor
*/
${APP_NAME}Part(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args);
TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args);
/**
* Destructor

@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ typedef KGenericFactory<Plugin${APP_NAME}> ${APP_NAME}Factory;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( lib${APP_NAME_LC}plugin,
${APP_NAME}Factory( "${APP_NAME_LC}" ) );
Plugin${APP_NAME}::Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name,
Plugin${APP_NAME}::Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* parent, const char* name,
const TQStringList & /*args*/ )
: Plugin( tqparent, name )
: Plugin( parent, name )
{
// Instantiate all of your actions here. These will appear in
// Konqueror's menu and toolbars.
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ void Plugin${APP_NAME}::slotAction()
// This plugin assumes KHTMLPart. If your plugin can handle more
// than this or a different Part than this, simply delete or
// change the following block.
if ( !tqparent()->inherits("KHTMLPart") )
if ( !parent()->inherits("KHTMLPart") )
{
TQString title( i18n( "Cannot Translate Source" ) );
TQString text( i18n( "You cannot translate anything except web pages "
@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ void Plugin${APP_NAME}::slotAction()
return;
}
// Get a handle on our tqparent so we may get the necessary data for
// Get a handle on our parent so we may get the necessary data for
// processing
KHTMLPart *part = dynamic_cast<KHTMLPart *>(tqparent());
KHTMLPart *part = dynamic_cast<KHTMLPart *>(parent());
// This plugin only uses the URL. You may use whatever data you
// need.

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class Plugin${APP_NAME} : public KParts::Plugin
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0,
Plugin${APP_NAME}( TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
const TQStringList &args = TQStringList() );
virtual ~Plugin${APP_NAME}();

@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ using namespace KBabel;
typedef KGenericFactory<KPoPlugin> POFactory;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_po, POFactory("kfile_po"))
KPoPlugin::KPoPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
KPoPlugin::KPoPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList& args)
: KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, args)
: KFilePlugin(parent, name, args)
{
KFileMimeTypeInfo* info = addMimeTypeInfo("application/x-gettext");

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class KPoPlugin : public KFilePlugin
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KPoPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args);
KPoPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args);
virtual bool readInfo(KFileMetaInfo& info, uint);
};

@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ const char* columnNames[] = {
#define COLTEXT(a) (i18n(columnNames[a]))
CatalogManagerView::CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent,name)
CatalogManagerView::CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* parent,const char* name)
: TQListView(parent,name)
, _dirWatch(0)
, _readInfoCount(0)
, _active(false)
@ -1638,14 +1638,14 @@ void CatalogManagerView::slotFileCommand(int index)
if(index>=0 && item && item->isFile())
{
CatManListItem* tqparent = (CatManListItem*)item->tqparent();
CatManListItem* parent = (CatManListItem*)item->parent();
TQString cmd=*(_settings.fileCommands).at(index);
cmd.replace("@PACKAGE@",item->name());
cmd.replace("@POFILE@",item->poFile());
cmd.replace("@POTFILE@",item->potFile());
cmd.replace("@PODIR@",tqparent->poFile());
cmd.replace("@POTDIR@",tqparent->potFile());
cmd.replace("@PODIR@",parent->poFile());
cmd.replace("@POTDIR@",parent->potFile());
cmd.replace("@POEMAIL@",item->text(COL_TRANSLATOR));
kdDebug(KBABEL_CATMAN) << cmd << endl;
@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::slotFileCommand(int index)
connect( proc,TQT_SIGNAL( receivedStderr(KProcess*,char*,int) ), this
,TQT_SLOT( showOutput(KProcess*,char*,int) ) );
*proc << "cd" << tqparent->poFile() << ";" << cmd;
*proc << "cd" << parent->poFile() << ";" << cmd;
proc->start(KProcess::NotifyOnExit,KProcess::AllOutput);
}
@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::updateDir(TQString relDir)
deleteDirItem(relDir);
// if this directory has to be removed, check, if
// the tqparent directory has to be removed too
// the parent directory has to be removed too
const int index=relDir.findRev("/",relDir.length()-2);
if(index<0)
{
@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::directoryChanged(const TQString& dir)
CatManListItem* thisItem=_dirList[relDir];
if(!thisItem)
{
// if this item is not in the list search for next existing tqparent item
// if this item is not in the list search for next existing parent item
TQString prevRelDir;
do
{
@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ void CatalogManagerView::directoryChanged(const TQString& dir)
}
else
{
// if a tqparent item dir is found, create the needed item in this dir
// if a parent item dir is found, create the needed item in this dir
// and build the tree from this item on
kdDebug(KBABEL_CATMAN) << "building dir: " << prevRelDir << endl;
CatManListItem* item = new CatManListItem(this, thisItem,_settings.poBaseDir+prevRelDir
@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemBelow( CatManListItem *item )
{
while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() ) )
{
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent() );
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent() );
if( !item ) return item;
}
return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() );
@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemBelow( CatManListItem *item )
{
while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() ) )
{
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent());
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent());
if( !item ) return item;
}
return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->nextSibling() );
@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemAbove( CatManListItem *item )
{
while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() ) )
{
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent() );
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent() );
if( !item ) return item;
}
return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() );
@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ CatManListItem *CatalogManagerView::itemAbove( CatManListItem *item )
{
while( !static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() ) )
{
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->tqparent());
item = static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->parent());
if( !item ) return item;
}
return static_cast<CatManListItem *>( item->previousSibling() );

@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ class CatalogManagerView : public TQListView
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
CatalogManagerView(KBabel::Project::Ptr project, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~CatalogManagerView();
KBabel::CatManSettings settings() const;
@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ public slots:
* traverses all childs in the directory of the current item
* (including all subdirectories) and displays some statistics
* about the translations. If the item is a file, its
* tqparent directory is used instead.
* parent directory is used instead.
*/
void statistics();
/**
* traverses all marked childs in the directory of the current item
* (including all subdirectories) and displays some statistics
* about the translations. If the item is a file, its
* tqparent directory is used instead.
* parent directory is used instead.
*/
void markedStatistics();
/**

@ -53,15 +53,15 @@
using namespace KBabel;
CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* tqparent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath,TQString package)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* parent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath,TQString package)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = view;
init(fullPath,fullPotPath,package);
}
CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* tqparent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
CatManListItem::CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* parent,TQString fullPath,TQString fullPotPath)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_primary=TQFileInfo(fullPath);
_template=TQFileInfo(fullPotPath);
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void CatManListItem::init(const TQString& fullPath, const TQString& fullPotPath,
_wordList.clear();
_wordListUpdated = false;
update(tqparent()->isOpen(),false,true);
update(parent()->isOpen(),false,true);
if( !isDir() ) setPixmap(COL_MARKER,ICON_NOFLAG);
}
@ -332,11 +332,11 @@ TQString CatManListItem::key(int col, bool) const
void CatManListItem::update(bool showPoInfo,bool includeChildren
, bool noParents)
{
if( _view->isStopped() ) return; // if tqparent view is stopped, we should stop as well
if( _view->isStopped() ) return; // if parent view is stopped, we should stop as well
bool updateWordList = _view->settings().indexWords;
// flag, if something has changed and tqparent has to be updated
// flag, if something has changed and parent has to be updated
bool updateParent=false;
// update flags for files...
@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ void CatManListItem::update(bool showPoInfo,bool includeChildren
// however, is can be saved template or translation!!! - only translation is handled???
void CatManListItem::updateAfterSave( PoInfo &poInfo )
{
// flag, if something has changed and tqparent has to be updated
// flag, if something has changed and parent has to be updated
bool updateParent=false;
// update flags for files...
@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ void CatManListItem::updateAfterSave( PoInfo &poInfo )
setPixmap(COL_NAME,icon);
// if the status changed, update the tqparent item
// if the status changed, update the parent item
if(needWork != neededWork)
{
updateParent=true;
@ -677,11 +677,11 @@ void CatManListItem::updateAfterSave( PoInfo &poInfo )
void CatManListItem::updateParents()
{
CatManListItem *item = (CatManListItem*)tqparent();
CatManListItem *item = (CatManListItem*)parent();
while( item && !_view->isStopped())
{
item->update(false,false);
item = (CatManListItem*)item->tqparent();
item = (CatManListItem*)item->parent();
}
}
@ -827,9 +827,9 @@ TQPixmap CatManListItem::paintExclamation(TQPixmap* pixmap)
int diameter=TQMIN(width,height);
TQBitmap tqmask=pixmap->createHeuristicMask();
TQBitmap mask=pixmap->createHeuristicMask();
TQPainter mp(&tqmask);
TQPainter mp(&mask);
mp.setPen(TQPen(TQt::color1,1));
mp.drawEllipse(width-diameter,height-diameter,diameter,diameter);
@ -840,14 +840,14 @@ TQPixmap CatManListItem::paintExclamation(TQPixmap* pixmap)
p.setPen( TQPen(red,1) );
p.drawEllipse(width-diameter,height-diameter,diameter,diameter);
result.setMask(tqmask);
result.setMask(mask);
return result;
}
TQListViewItem *CatManListItem::previousSibling()
{
TQListViewItem * i = tqparent();
TQListViewItem * i = parent();
if( !i ) return i;
i = i->firstChild();
if( !i ) return i;

@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ public:
/** the type of this item */
enum Type{File,Dir};
CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* tqparent,TQString fullPath
CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListViewItem* parent,TQString fullPath
,TQString fullPotPath,TQString package);
/** creates the toplevel root item with package name "/" */
CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* tqparent,TQString fullPath, TQString fullPotPath);
CatManListItem(CatalogManagerView *view, TQListView* parent,TQString fullPath, TQString fullPotPath);
/**
* returns the package names (including relative path) of the
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
/**
* checks if the file on the disc has changed,
* reads information about the file and displays it
* @param noParents flag, if the update has to include the tqparent
* @param noParents flag, if the update has to include the parent
* of the item, if the status has changed. Since at the first build of
* the tree, the status of every item changes, this is not useful then.
*/
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ private:
/** a list of errors found by validation tool*/
TQValueList<IgnoreItem> _errors;
/** tqparent view for this item, used for stopping the activity */
/** parent view for this item, used for stopping the activity */
CatalogManagerView *_view;
/** index of words, but it does not contain any useful information as values */

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
FindInFilesDialog::FindInFilesDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* tqparent)
:FindDialog(forReplace, tqparent)
FindInFilesDialog::FindInFilesDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* parent)
:FindDialog(forReplace, parent)
{
TQGroupBox* box = new TQGroupBox(2, Qt::Horizontal, i18n("File Options"), mainWidget());
mainWidget()->tqlayout()->add(box);

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public:
* Constructor
* @param replaceDlg flag, if this is a replace dialog
*/
FindInFilesDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* tqparent);
FindInFilesDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* parent);
~FindInFilesDialog();
/**

@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
#include "cvsdialog.h"
CVSDialog::CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config )
: KDialog( tqparent, "CVSDIALOG", true ), m_config( config )
CVSDialog::CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config )
: KDialog( parent, "CVSDIALOG", true ), m_config( config )
{
_cmd = cmd;
p=0L;

@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class CVSDialog : public KDialog
* Constructor for creating the dialog.
* @param cmd The type of command to be executed.
*/
CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config );
CVSDialog( CVS::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config );
~CVSDialog();
/**
* Set the list of files which will be used for the CVS command.

@ -182,18 +182,18 @@ TQString CVSHandler::cvstqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const
return map[filename];
}
void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config )
void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config )
{
if ( !_isPORepository ) {
// This message box should never be visible but who knows... ;-)
KMessageBox::sorry( tqparent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. "
KMessageBox::sorry( parent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. "
"The CVS commands cannot be executed." ) );
return;
}
TQFileInfo info( filename );
if ( !info.isDir( ) ) {
execCVSCommand( tqparent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config );
execCVSCommand( parent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config );
return;
}
@ -218,14 +218,14 @@ void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQS
break;
}
showDialog( tqparent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), command, config );
showDialog( parent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), command, config );
}
void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config )
void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config )
{
if ( !_isPORepository ) {
// This message box should never be visible but who knows... ;-)
KMessageBox::sorry( tqparent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. "
KMessageBox::sorry( parent, i18n( "This is not a valid CVS repository. "
"The CVS commands cannot be executed." ) );
return;
}
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ void CVSHandler::execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQS
command += " \'" + temp + "\'";
}
showDialog( tqparent, cmd, files, command, config );
showDialog( parent, cmd, files, command, config );
}
void CVSHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update )
@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ void CVSHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update )
_autoUpdateTemplates = update;
}
void CVSHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config )
void CVSHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config )
{
CVSDialog * dia = new CVSDialog( cmd, tqparent, config );
CVSDialog * dia = new CVSDialog( cmd, parent, config );
dia->setFiles( files );
dia->setCommandLine( commandLine );
if ( cmd == CVS::Commit ) {
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ void CVSHandler::checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files )
toBeAdded << *it;
temp = TQFileInfo( *it ).dirPath( true );
}
// check recursivlely if tqparent dirs have to be added as well
// check recursivlely if parent dirs have to be added as well
while ( fstatus( temp ) == NOT_IN_CVS && toBeAdded.findIndex( temp ) == -1 ) {
toBeAdded << temp;
temp = TQFileInfo( temp ).dirPath( true );

@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ class CVSHandler : public TQObject
TQString filetqStatus( const FiletqStatus status ) const;
TQString cvstqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const;
void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void execCVSCommand( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update );
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ class CVSHandler : public TQObject
void signalFilesCommitted( const TQStringList& );
private:
void showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config );
void showDialog( TQWidget* parent, CVS::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config );
void checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files );
void processStatusOutput( const TQString& status );
void processDiff( TQString output );

@ -57,8 +57,8 @@
#include "svndialog.h"
SVNDialog::SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config )
: KDialog( tqparent, "SVN DIALOG", true ), m_tempFile( 0 ), m_config( config )
SVNDialog::SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config )
: KDialog( parent, "SVN DIALOG", true ), m_tempFile( 0 ), m_config( config )
{
_cmd = cmd;
p=0L;

@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ class SVNDialog : public KDialog
* Constructor for creating the dialog.
* @param cmd The type of command to be executed.
*/
SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * tqparent, KSharedConfig* config );
SVNDialog( SVN::Command cmd, TQWidget * parent, KSharedConfig* config );
~SVNDialog();
/**
* Set the list of files which will be used for the SVN command.

@ -274,18 +274,18 @@ TQString SVNHandler::svntqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const
return map[filename];
}
void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config)
void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config)
{
// Unlike cvs, svn works also from outside the repository(as long as the path is in a repository of course!)
// ### FIXME: wrong, svn commit cannot work if the current directory is not a SVN one
execSVNCommand( tqparent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config );
execSVNCommand( parent, cmd, TQStringList( filename ), templates, config );
}
void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config )
void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config )
{
if ( !_isPORepository ) {
// This message box should never be visible but who knows... ;-)
KMessageBox::sorry( tqparent, i18n( "This is not a valid SVN repository. "
KMessageBox::sorry( parent, i18n( "This is not a valid SVN repository. "
"The SVN commands cannot be executed." ) );
return;
}
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void SVNHandler::execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQS
command += " \'" + temp + "\'";
}
showDialog( tqparent, cmd, files, command, config );
showDialog( parent, cmd, files, command, config );
}
void SVNHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update )
@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ void SVNHandler::setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update )
_autoUpdateTemplates = update;
}
void SVNHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config )
void SVNHandler::showDialog( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config )
{
SVNDialog * dia = new SVNDialog( cmd, tqparent, config );
SVNDialog * dia = new SVNDialog( cmd, parent, config );
dia->setFiles( files );
dia->setCommandLine( commandLine );
if ( cmd == SVN::Commit ) {
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ void SVNHandler::checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files )
}
// ### TODO: does SVN really needs this or does it do it automatically?
// check recursivlely if tqparent dirs have to be added as well
// check recursivlely if parent dirs have to be added as well
while ( ! isInSvn( temp ) && toBeAdded.findIndex( temp ) == -1 ) {
toBeAdded << temp;
temp = TQFileInfo( temp ).dirPath( true );

@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ class SVNHandler : public TQObject
TQString filetqStatus( const FiletqStatus status ) const;
TQString svntqStatus( const TQString& filename ) const;
void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQString& filename, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void execSVNCommand( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, bool templates, KSharedConfig* config );
void setAutoUpdateTemplates( bool update );
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class SVNHandler : public TQObject
void signalFilesCommitted( const TQStringList& );
private:
void showDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config );
void showDialog( TQWidget* parent, SVN::Command cmd, const TQStringList& files, const TQString& commandLine, KSharedConfig* config );
/// Check quickly if the file is part of a SVN repository
bool isInSvn( const TQString& path );
void checkToAdd( const TQStringList& files );

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
#include "markpatterndialog.h"
#include "markpatternwidget.h"
MarkPatternDialog::MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent, name, true, 0, Ok|Cancel, Ok)
MarkPatternDialog::MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * parent, const char * name)
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true, 0, Ok|Cancel, Ok)
{
actionButton(Ok)->setEnabled(false);

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ class MarkPatternDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name = 0);
MarkPatternDialog(TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0);
TQString pattern( );
bool isCaseSensitive( );

@ -48,11 +48,11 @@
using namespace KBabel;
MultiRoughTransDlg::MultiRoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox *dict, TQPtrList<CatManListItem> files
, TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name)
: RoughTransDlg(dict, new Catalog(), tqparent, name )
, TQWidget *parent,const char *name)
: RoughTransDlg(dict, new Catalog(), parent, name )
,_fileList(files)
{
TQWidget* bars = TQT_TQWIDGET(progressbar->tqparent());
TQWidget* bars = TQT_TQWIDGET(progressbar->parent());
TQLabel* label = new TQLabel( i18n("Files:"), bars );
filesProgressbar = new KProgress(bars,"files progressbar");
filesProgressbar->setTextEnabled(true);

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class MultiRoughTransDlg : public RoughTransDlg
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MultiRoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, TQPtrList<CatManListItem> list, TQWidget *tqparent
MultiRoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, TQPtrList<CatManListItem> list, TQWidget *parent
, const char *name=0);
protected slots:

@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
// version identification for validation ignores
#define IGNOREFILE_VERSION 0x00
ValidateProgressDialog::ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Validation")
ValidateProgressDialog::ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget *parent,const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Validation")
, Close, Close)
, _ignoreURL(ignoreURL), _tool(0), _stopped(false)
, _ignoreFuzzy(false), _setAsFuzzy(false)

@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class ValidateProgressDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name=0);
ValidateProgressDialog(const TQString& ignoreURL, TQWidget* parent, const char *name=0);
virtual ~ValidateProgressDialog();
void setIgnoreFuzzy(bool enable) { _ignoreFuzzy = enable; }

@ -70,8 +70,8 @@
#include <kmessagebox.h>
using namespace KBabel;
Catalog::Catalog(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, TQString projectFile)
: TQObject(tqparent,name)
Catalog::Catalog(TQObject* parent, const char* name, TQString projectFile)
: TQObject(parent,name)
{
if ( projectFile.isEmpty() )
projectFile = KBabel::ProjectManager::defaultProjectName();
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Catalog::Catalog(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, TQString projectFile)
readPreferences();
}
Catalog::Catalog(const Catalog& c): TQObject(c.tqparent(),c.name()
Catalog::Catalog(const Catalog& c): TQObject(c.parent(),c.name()
)
{
kdFatal() << "Copy constructor of Catalog, please report how to reproduce to the authors" << endl;

@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ public:
/**
* A constructor for an empty message catalog.
* @param tqparent tqparent @ref TQObject for this catalog
* @param parent parent @ref TQObject for this catalog
* @param name unique name for this object
* @param configFile configuration file to read config from
*/
Catalog(TQObject* tqparent=0, const char* name=0, TQString projectFile = TQString() );
Catalog(TQObject* parent=0, const char* name=0, TQString projectFile = TQString() );
/**
* Deprecated. A copy constructor. Do not use since each Catalog registers

@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT CatalogImportPlugin: public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name);
CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name);
virtual ~CatalogImportPlugin();
/**
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT CatalogExportPlugin: public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name);
CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name);
virtual ~CatalogExportPlugin();
virtual ConversiontqStatus save(const TQString& file, const TQString& mimetype, const Catalog* catalog) = 0;

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ struct KBabel::CatalogExportPluginPrivate
bool _stop;
};
CatalogExportPlugin::CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) : TQObject(tqparent,name)
CatalogExportPlugin::CatalogExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name) : TQObject(parent,name)
{
d = new CatalogExportPluginPrivate;
d->_stop=false;

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
using namespace KBabel;
CatalogImportPlugin::CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name) : TQObject(tqparent,name)
CatalogImportPlugin::CatalogImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name) : TQObject(parent,name)
{
d = new CatalogImportPluginPrivate;
d->_catalog = 0;

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KBabelDataTool: public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
protected:
KBabelDataTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name ) : KDataTool( tqparent, name ) {}
KBabelDataTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name ) : KDataTool( parent, name ) {}
public slots:
/** The only method to be redefined in inherited classes.
* This method is called everytime the settings are changed.

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
KBabelMailer::KBabelMailer( TQWidget* tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: _project( project ), m_parent( tqparent )
KBabelMailer::KBabelMailer( TQWidget* parent, Project::Ptr project)
: _project( project ), m_parent( parent )
{
m_tempDir.setAutoDelete( true );
readConfig();

@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ class KDE_EXPORT KBabelMailer
/**
* Constructor.
*
* @param tqparent The tqparent widget.
* @param parent The parent widget.
* @param project The project to be used.
* @since 1.11.2 (KDE 3.5.2): @p tqparent parameter
* @since 1.11.2 (KDE 3.5.2): @p parent parameter
*/
KBabelMailer( TQWidget* tqparent, Project::Ptr project);
KBabelMailer( TQWidget* parent, Project::Ptr project);
virtual ~KBabelMailer();
/**
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT KBabelMailer
*/
TQString _poBaseDir;
/// The tqparent widget
/// The parent widget
TQWidget* m_parent;
};

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
Msgfmt::Msgfmt(TQObject* tqparent,const char* name)
: TQObject(tqparent , name)
Msgfmt::Msgfmt(TQObject* parent,const char* name)
: TQObject(parent , name)
{
}

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT Msgfmt : private TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
enum tqStatus{NoExecutable,Ok,SyntaxError,HeaderError,Error,Unsupported};
Msgfmt(TQObject* tqparent=0,const char* name=0);
Msgfmt(TQObject* parent=0,const char* name=0);
tqStatus checkSyntax(TQString file,TQString& output, bool gnu = false);
tqStatus checkSyntaxInDir(TQString dir,TQString regexp,TQString& output);

@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ private: // emphasize the following members are private
*
* The class Distance calculates the distance
* between two Entities (left & right).
* It is the tqparent for other distance-classes.
* It is the parent for other distance-classes.
*/
class Distance : public NonCopyable
{

@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
#include <kdialog.h>
CmdEdit::CmdEdit(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQWidget(tqparent,name)
CmdEdit::CmdEdit(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQWidget(parent,name)
{
TQGridLayout* tqlayout = new TQGridLayout( this , 1 , 1 );
tqlayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class CmdEdit : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CmdEdit(TQWidget* tqparent=0,const char* name=0);
CmdEdit(TQWidget* parent=0,const char* name=0);
void setCommands(const TQStringList& commands,const TQStringList& commandNames);
void commands(TQStringList& commands, TQStringList& commandNames);

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
#include <ktexteditor/selectioninterface.h>
#include <ktexteditor/viewcursorinterface.h>
SourceContext::SourceContext(TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project): TQWidget(tqparent)
, m_parent( tqparent )
SourceContext::SourceContext(TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project): TQWidget(parent)
, m_parent( parent )
, _part(0)
, _view(0)
, _referenceCombo(0)

@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT SourceContext : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SourceContext(TQWidget* tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
SourceContext(TQWidget* parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
void setProject(KBabel::Project::Ptr project);

@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
FindDialog::FindDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* tqparent)
:KDialogBase(tqparent, "finddialog",true, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok)
FindDialog::FindDialog(bool forReplace, TQWidget* parent)
:KDialogBase(parent, "finddialog",true, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok)
, _regExpEditDialog(0), _replaceDlg(forReplace)
{
TQWidget* page = new TQWidget(this);
@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ void FindDialog::regExpButtonClicked()
}
}
ReplaceDialog::ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* tqparent)
:KDialogBase(Plain, "", Close|User1|User2|User3, User1, tqparent,"finddialog"
ReplaceDialog::ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* parent)
:KDialogBase(Plain, "", Close|User1|User2|User3, User1, parent,"finddialog"
, true,false,i18n("&Replace"),i18n("&Goto Next"),i18n("R&eplace All"))
{
TQWidget* page = plainPage();

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public:
* Constructor
* @param replaceDlg flag, if this is a replace dialog
*/
FindDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* tqparent);
FindDialog(bool replaceDlg, TQWidget* parent);
~FindDialog();
/**
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ReplaceDialog : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* tqparent);
ReplaceDialog(TQWidget* parent);
~ReplaceDialog();
signals:

@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ class KActionSelectorPrivate {
//BEGIN Constructor/destructor
KActionSelector::KActionSelector( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name )
KActionSelector::KActionSelector( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: TQWidget( parent, name )
{
d = new KActionSelectorPrivate();
d->moveOnDoubleClick = true;

@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ class KActionSelector : public TQWidget {
TQ_PROPERTY( bool showUpDownButtons READ showUpDownButtons WRITE setShowUpDownButtons )
public:
KActionSelector( TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0 );
KActionSelector( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
~KActionSelector();
/**

@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ static TQSize sizeHintForWidget(const TQWidget* widget)
SavePreferences::SavePreferences(TQWidget *tqparent)
: KTabCtl(tqparent)
SavePreferences::SavePreferences(TQWidget *parent)
: KTabCtl(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = new TQWidget(this);
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page);
@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ void SavePreferences::setAutoSaveVisible( const bool on )
IdentityPreferences::IdentityPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent, const TQString& project)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
IdentityPreferences::IdentityPreferences(TQWidget* parent, const TQString& project)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page);
@ -658,8 +658,8 @@ void IdentityPreferences::lookupGnuPluralFormHeader()
}
MiscPreferences::MiscPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent), _regExpEditDialog(0)
MiscPreferences::MiscPreferences(TQWidget *parent)
: TQWidget(parent), _regExpEditDialog(0)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
@ -790,8 +790,8 @@ void MiscPreferences::regExpButtonClicked()
}
SpellPreferences::SpellPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
SpellPreferences::SpellPreferences(TQWidget* parent)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page);
@ -874,8 +874,8 @@ void SpellPreferences::defaults(const SpellcheckSettings& settings)
*spellConfig = spCfg;
}
CatmanPreferences::CatmanPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
CatmanPreferences::CatmanPreferences(TQWidget* parent)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
@ -976,8 +976,8 @@ void CatmanPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& settings)
m_msgfmtButton->setChecked( settings.msgfmt );
}
DirCommandsPreferences::DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
DirCommandsPreferences::DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* parent)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
@ -1039,8 +1039,8 @@ void DirCommandsPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& settings)
}
FileCommandsPreferences::FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
FileCommandsPreferences::FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget* parent)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
@ -1102,8 +1102,8 @@ void FileCommandsPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& settings)
_fileCmdEdit->setCommands( settings.fileCommands, settings.fileCommandNames );
}
ViewPreferences::ViewPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
ViewPreferences::ViewPreferences(TQWidget* parent)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ void ViewPreferences::defaults(const CatManSettings& _settings)
_translatorColumnCheckbox->setChecked(_settings.translatorColumn);
}
SourceContextPreferences::SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent): TQWidget(tqparent)
SourceContextPreferences::SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* parent): TQWidget(parent)
{
TQWidget* page = this;
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(page);

@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT SavePreferences : public KTabCtl
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SavePreferences(TQWidget* tqparent=0);
SavePreferences(TQWidget* parent=0);
void defaults(const KBabel::SaveSettings& settings);
void setAutoSaveVisible(const bool on);
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ class IdentityPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
IdentityPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const TQString& project = "");
IdentityPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0, const TQString& project = "");
virtual bool eventFilter(TQObject *, TQEvent*);
void defaults(const KBabel::IdentitySettings& settings);
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ class MiscPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MiscPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent=0);
MiscPreferences(TQWidget *parent=0);
void defaults(const KBabel::MiscSettings& settings);
private slots:
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ class SpellPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SpellPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent=0);
SpellPreferences(TQWidget *parent=0);
void mergeSettings(KBabel::SpellcheckSettings& set) const;
void updateWidgets(const KBabel::SpellcheckSettings& settings);
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ class CatmanPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CatmanPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0);
CatmanPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0);
void defaults(const KBabel::CatManSettings& settings);
private:
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ class DirCommandsPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0);
DirCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0);
virtual ~DirCommandsPreferences();
void mergeSettings(KBabel::CatManSettings& settings) const;
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ class FileCommandsPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0);
FileCommandsPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0);
virtual ~FileCommandsPreferences();
void mergeSettings(KBabel::CatManSettings& settings) const;
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ class ViewPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ViewPreferences(TQWidget *tqparent = 0);
ViewPreferences(TQWidget *parent = 0);
void defaults(const KBabel::CatManSettings& settings);
private:
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ class SourceContextPreferences : public TQWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* tqparent=0);
SourceContextPreferences(TQWidget* parent=0);
virtual ~SourceContextPreferences();
void mergeSettings(KBabel::SourceContextSettings& settings) const;

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
ProjectWizard::ProjectWizard(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name)
: KWizard(tqparent,name,true)
ProjectWizard::ProjectWizard(TQWidget *parent,const char *name)
: KWizard(parent,name,true)
{
_wizard = new ProjectStep1(this,"project wizard widget");

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ProjectWizard : public KWizard
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ProjectWizard(TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0);
ProjectWizard(TQWidget* parent = 0, const char * name = 0);
Project::Ptr project();

@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
RoughTransDlg::RoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox *dict, Catalog *cat
, TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent,name,true
, TQWidget *parent,const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent,name,true
,i18n("Caption of dialog","Rough Translation")
, User1|User2|User3|Close)
,catalog(cat)

@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT RoughTransDlg : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
RoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, KBabel::Catalog* catalog, TQWidget *tqparent
RoughTransDlg(KBabelDictBox* dictBox, KBabel::Catalog* catalog, TQWidget *parent
, const char *name=0);
~RoughTransDlg();

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
#include <kdebug.h>
ToolAction::ToolAction( const TQString & text, const KShortcut& cut, const KDataToolInfo & info, const TQString & command,
TQObject * tqparent, const char * name )
: KAction( text, info.iconName() == "unknown" ? TQString() : info.iconName(), cut, tqparent, name ),
TQObject * parent, const char * name )
: KAction( text, info.iconName() == "unknown" ? TQString() : info.iconName(), cut, parent, name ),
m_command( command ),
m_info( info )
{
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ void ToolAction::slotActivated()
emit toolActivated( m_info, m_command );
}
TQPtrList<KAction> ToolAction::dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* tqparent, const TQString& namePrefix )
TQPtrList<KAction> ToolAction::dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* parent, const TQString& namePrefix )
{
TQPtrList<KAction> actionList;
if ( tools.isEmpty() )
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ TQPtrList<KAction> ToolAction::dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolIn
TQString sc=*sit;
ToolAction * action = new ToolAction( *uit, (sc.isEmpty()?TQString():sc), *entry, *cit
, tqparent
, parent
, TQString(namePrefix+(*entry).service()->library()+"_"+(*cit)).utf8() );
connect( action, TQT_SIGNAL( toolActivated( const KDataToolInfo &, const TQString & ) ),
receiver, slot );

@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ToolAction : public KAction
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ToolAction( const TQString & text, const KShortcut& cut, const KDataToolInfo & info, const TQString & command, TQObject * tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0);
ToolAction( const TQString & text, const KShortcut& cut, const KDataToolInfo & info, const TQString & command, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0);
/**
* return the list of KActions created for a list of tools. @ref command
* allows to specify rescriction of commands, for which the list should
* or shouldn't be created according to the @ref excludeCommand flag.
*/
static TQPtrList<KAction> dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* tqparent=0, const TQString& namePrefix=TQString() );
static TQPtrList<KAction> dataToolActionList( const TQValueList<KDataToolInfo> & tools, const TQObject *receiver, const char* slot, const TQStringList& command, bool excludeCommand, KActionCollection* parent=0, const TQString& namePrefix=TQString() );
/**
* returns information about all available validation tools (KDataTools with support for CatalogItem

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include <tqlistbox.h>
ToolSelectionWidget::ToolSelectionWidget( TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name )
: KActionSelector( tqparent, name )
ToolSelectionWidget::ToolSelectionWidget( TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
: KActionSelector( parent, name )
{
}

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT ToolSelectionWidget : public KActionSelector
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ToolSelectionWidget(TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0 );
ToolSelectionWidget(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
TQStringList selectedTools();

@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_accelstool, KGenericFactory<AcceleratorTool>
using namespace KBabel;
AcceleratorTool::AcceleratorTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
AcceleratorTool::AcceleratorTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
{
// bogus translation just for allowing the translation
i18n("what check found errors","accelerator");

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class AcceleratorTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AcceleratorTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
AcceleratorTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:

@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_argstool, KGenericFactory<ArgumentTool> ( "kb
using namespace KBabel;
ArgumentTool::ArgumentTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
ArgumentTool::ArgumentTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
{
i18n( "what check found errors","arguments");
}

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class ArgumentTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ArgumentTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
ArgumentTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin;

@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_contexttool, KGenericFactory<ContextTool> ( "
using namespace KBabel;
ContextTool::ContextTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
ContextTool::ContextTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
{
i18n("what check found errors","context info");
}

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class ContextTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ContextTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
ContextTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin;

@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_equationstool, KGenericFactory<EquationsTool>
using namespace KBabel;
EquationsTool::EquationsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=.+")
EquationsTool::EquationsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=.+")
{
i18n("what check found errors","equations");
}

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class EquationsTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
EquationsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
EquationsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
TQRegExp _equation;

@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_lengthtool, KGenericFactory<LengthTool> ( "kb
using namespace KBabel;
LengthTool::LengthTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
LengthTool::LengthTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
{
i18n("which check found errors","translation has inconsistent length");
}

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class LengthTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
LengthTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
LengthTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin;

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_nottranslatedtool, KGenericFactory<NotTransla
using namespace KBabel;
NotTranslatedTool::NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ) , _cache_origin( 0 )
NotTranslatedTool::NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ) , _cache_origin( 0 )
{
i18n("which check found errors","English text in translation");
}

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class NotTranslatedTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
NotTranslatedTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_pluraltool, KGenericFactory<PluralsTool> ( "k
using namespace KBabel;
PluralsTool::PluralsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _neededForms(-1)
PluralsTool::PluralsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _neededForms(-1)
{
i18n("what check found errors", "plural forms");
}

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class PluralsTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PluralsTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
PluralsTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin;

@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_punctuationtool, KGenericFactory<PunctuationT
using namespace KBabel;
PunctuationTool::PunctuationTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name )
PunctuationTool::PunctuationTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name )
{
// bogus translation just for allowing the translation
i18n("what check found errors","punctuation");

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class PunctuationTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PunctuationTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
PunctuationTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
};

@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_regexptool, KGenericFactory<RegExpTool> ( "kb
using namespace KBabel;
RegExpTool::RegExpTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name )
RegExpTool::RegExpTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name )
{
i18n("which check found errors","translation has inconsistent length");
loadExpressions();
if ( ! _error.isNull() )
KMessageBox::error( (TQWidget*)tqparent, i18n( "Error loading data (%1)" ).tqarg( _error ) );
KMessageBox::error( (TQWidget*)parent, i18n( "Error loading data (%1)" ).tqarg( _error ) );
}
bool RegExpTool::run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype )

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class RegExpTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
RegExpTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
RegExpTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:

@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_setfuzzytool, KGenericFactory<SetFuzzyTool> (
using namespace KBabel;
SetFuzzyTool::SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name )
SetFuzzyTool::SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name )
{
}

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class SetFuzzyTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
SetFuzzyTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
};

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_whitespacetool, KGenericFactory<WhitespaceToo
using namespace KBabel;
WhitespaceTool::WhitespaceTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=")
WhitespaceTool::WhitespaceTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 ), _equation("^[a-zA-Z0-9]+=")
{
i18n("which check found errors","whitespace only translation");
}

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class WhitespaceTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
WhitespaceTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
WhitespaceTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
KBabel::Project::Ptr _cache_origin;

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_xmltool, KGenericFactory<XMLTool> ( "kbabelda
using namespace KBabel;
XMLTool::XMLTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( tqparent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
XMLTool::XMLTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & )
: KDataTool( parent, name ), _cache_origin( 0 )
{
i18n( "what check found errors", "XML tags" );
}

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class XMLTool : public KDataTool
TQ_OBJECT
public:
XMLTool( TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
XMLTool( TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList & );
virtual bool run( const TQString& command, void* data, const TQString& datatype, const TQString& mimetype);
private:
bool isFullyCompliant( const TQString& text);

@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_gettextexport, KGenericFactory<GettextExportP
using namespace KBabel;
GettextExportPlugin::GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) :
CatalogExportPlugin(tqparent,name), m_wrapWidth( -1 )
GettextExportPlugin::GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) :
CatalogExportPlugin(parent,name), m_wrapWidth( -1 )
{
}

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class TQTextCodec;
class GettextExportPlugin: public KBabel::CatalogExportPlugin
{
public:
GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &);
GettextExportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &);
virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus save(const TQString& file, const TQString& mimetype, const KBabel::Catalog* catalog);
private:

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_gettextimport, KGenericFactory<GettextImportP
using namespace KBabel;
GettextImportPlugin::GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) : CatalogImportPlugin(tqparent,name)
GettextImportPlugin::GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &) : CatalogImportPlugin(parent,name)
{
}

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class TQTextCodec;
class GettextImportPlugin: public KBabel::CatalogImportPlugin
{
public:
GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* tqparent, const char* name, const TQStringList &);
GettextImportPlugin(TQObject* parent, const char* name, const TQStringList &);
virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus load(const TQString& file, const TQString& mimetype);
virtual const TQString id() { return "GNU gettext"; }

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_linguistexport, KGenericFactory<LinguistExpor
using namespace KBabel;
LinguistExportPlugin::LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogExportPlugin( tqparent, name )
LinguistExportPlugin::LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogExportPlugin( parent, name )
{
}

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class Catalog;
class LinguistExportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogExportPlugin
{
public:
LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
LinguistExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus save( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype, const KBabel::Catalog * catalog );
private:

@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_linguistimport, KGenericFactory<LinguistImpor
using namespace KBabel;
LinguistImportPlugin::LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogImportPlugin( tqparent, name )
LinguistImportPlugin::LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogImportPlugin( parent, name )
{
}

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class TQStringList;
class LinguistImportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogImportPlugin
{
public:
LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
LinguistImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus load( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype );
virtual const TQString id( ) { return "TQt translation source"; }

@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_xliffexport, KGenericFactory<XLIFFExportPlugi
using namespace KBabel;
XLIFFExportPlugin::XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogExportPlugin( tqparent, name )
XLIFFExportPlugin::XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogExportPlugin( parent, name )
{
}

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class Catalog;
class XLIFFExportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogExportPlugin
{
public:
XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
XLIFFExportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus save( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype, const KBabel::Catalog * catalog );
private:

@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kbabel_xliffimport, KGenericFactory<XLIFFImportPlugi
using namespace KBabel;
XLIFFImportPlugin::XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogImportPlugin( tqparent, name )
XLIFFImportPlugin::XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& )
: CatalogImportPlugin( parent, name )
{
}

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class TQStringList;
class XLIFFImportPlugin : public KBabel::CatalogImportPlugin
{
public:
XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * tqparent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
XLIFFImportPlugin( TQObject * parent, const char * name, const TQStringList& );
virtual KBabel::ConversiontqStatus load( const TQString& filename, const TQString& mimetype );
virtual const TQString id( ) { return "XLIFF 1.1"; }

@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
CharacterSelectorView::CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project)
CharacterSelectorView::CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project)
{
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );
tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum );

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
CharacterSelectorView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
void saveSettings(KConfig* config);
void restoreSettings(KConfig* config);

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
CommentView::CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent, project)
CommentView::CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,parent, project)
{
setAcceptDrops(true);

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
CommentView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
/**
* this is called from the catalog when updating his views.

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
ContextView::ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project)
ContextView::ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project)
{
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );
tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum );

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
ContextView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
public slots:
virtual void updateView();

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
ErrorListView::ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project)
ErrorListView::ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project)
{
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );
tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum );

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
ErrorListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
public slots:
virtual void updateView();

@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
#include "gotodialog.h"
GotoDialog::GotoDialog(int max,TQWidget* tqparent)
: KDialogBase(tqparent,0,true,i18n("Go to Entry"),Ok|Cancel)
GotoDialog::GotoDialog(int max,TQWidget* parent)
: KDialogBase(parent,0,true,i18n("Go to Entry"),Ok|Cancel)
{
TQGroupBox* box=new TQGroupBox(1,Qt::Horizontal,i18n("Go to Entry"),this);
_spinBox= new KIntSpinBox(1,max,1,1,10,box);

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KIntSpinBox;
class GotoDialog : public KDialogBase
{
public:
GotoDialog(int max, TQWidget* tqparent);
GotoDialog(int max, TQWidget* parent);
virtual ~GotoDialog();
/** reimplemented to select contents when shown*/

@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
HidingMsgEdit::HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter, KSpell* spell, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
TQWidgetStack(tqparent,name)
HidingMsgEdit::HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter, KSpell* spell, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
TQWidgetStack(parent,name)
, _singleEdit(0)
, _multipleEdit(0)
, _eventFilter(eventFilter)

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class HidingMsgEdit : public TQWidgetStack {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter=0, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
HidingMsgEdit(uint numberOfPlurals, TQWidget* eventFilter=0, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~HidingMsgEdit();
void setNumberOfPlurals(uint numberOfPlurals);

@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ TQPtrList<KBabelPreferences> KBabelMW::prefDialogs;
class MyKProgress: public KProgress
{
public:
MyKProgress( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KProgress( tqparent, name )
MyKProgress( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KProgress( parent, name )
{
tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Preferred );
}
@ -1614,10 +1614,10 @@ KBabelMW *KBabelMW::winForURL(const KURL& url, TQString project)
KBabelView *v = KBabelView::viewForURL(url,project);
if(v)
{
TQObject *p = v->tqparent();
TQObject *p = v->parent();
while(p && !p->inherits("KBabelMW"))
{
p = p->tqparent();
p = p->parent();
}
if(p)
@ -1634,10 +1634,10 @@ KBabelMW *KBabelMW::emptyWin(TQString project)
KBabelView *v = KBabelView::emptyView(project);
if(v)
{
TQObject *p = v->tqparent();
TQObject *p = v->parent();
while(p && !p->inherits("KBabelMW"))
{
p = p->tqparent();
p = p->parent();
}
if(p)

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
KBabelSplash* KBabelSplash::instance = 0;
KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name )
: TQVBox( tqparent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose )
KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
: TQVBox( parent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose )
{
setMargin( 0 );
setSpacing( 0 );

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KBabelSplash() { instance = 0; }
static KBabelSplash* instance;

@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ using namespace KBabel;
TQPtrList<KBabelView> *KBabelView::viewList = 0;
KBabelView::KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
KBabelView::KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: TQWidget(parent)
, _redirectedBackSearch (false)
, _project (project)
, m_mainwindow (tqparent)
, m_mainwindow (parent)
, m_sourceview (0)
{
if(!viewList)

@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
* Default constructor
* @param buildLeds flag, if status leds should be created in editor
*/
KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
KBabelView(KBCatalog* catalog,KBabelMW *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
/**
* Destructor

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ KBabelBookmark::KBabelBookmark(int msgindex, TQString msgtext)
}
// insert one '&' before every consecutive group of ampersands to keep the
// first of these from acting either as accelerator or tqmask in the menu
// first of these from acting either as accelerator or mask in the menu
TQRegExp rx("&+");
int pos = msgtext.find(rx);
while (pos >= 0) {

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#include "headereditor.h"
KBCatalog::KBCatalog(TQString configFile, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name)
: KBabel::Catalog(tqparent,name,configFile)
KBCatalog::KBCatalog(TQString configFile, TQObject* parent, const char* name)
: KBabel::Catalog(parent,name,configFile)
{
_headerEditor=0;
}

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KBCatalog : public KBabel::Catalog
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBCatalog(TQString configFile = TQString() ,TQObject* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
KBCatalog(TQString configFile = TQString() ,TQObject* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~KBCatalog();
HeaderEditor* headerEditor();

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
KBCatalogListView::KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project)
: TQWidget(tqparent)
KBCatalogListView::KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project)
: TQWidget(parent)
{
m_catalog= catalog;
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout=new TQVBoxLayout(this);

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class KBCatalogListView : public TQWidget, public KBabel::CatalogView
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
KBCatalogListView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
~KBCatalogListView();

@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
#include "kbcataloglistviewitem.h"
#include <assert.h>
KBCatalogListViewItem::KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* tqparent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr)
: Super(lv, tqparent, "","",""), m_id(id), m_msgid(msgid), m_msgstr(msgstr)
KBCatalogListViewItem::KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* parent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr)
: Super(lv, parent, "","",""), m_id(id), m_msgid(msgid), m_msgstr(msgstr)
{
setText(0,TQString::number(id));
}

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class KBCatalogListViewItem : public KListViewItem
{
typedef KListViewItem Super;
public:
KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* tqparent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr);
KBCatalogListViewItem(KListView* lv, KListViewItem* parent, uint id, TQString msgid, TQString msgstr);
~KBCatalogListViewItem();

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
KBCatalogView::KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: TQWidget (tqparent), KBabel::CatalogView () , _project (project)
KBCatalogView::KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* parent, Project::Ptr project)
: TQWidget (parent), KBabel::CatalogView () , _project (project)
{
if (catalog == 0)
kdFatal(KBABEL) << "catalog==0" << endl;

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
KBCatalogView(KBCatalog* catalog, TQWidget* parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
/**
* Destructor

@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
#include <tqspinbox.h>
#include <tqscrollview.h>
KBCharSelect::KBCharSelect(TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name)
: TQVBox(tqparent,name)
KBCharSelect::KBCharSelect(TQWidget* parent,const char* name)
: TQVBox(parent,name)
{
setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KBCharSelect : public TQVBox
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBCharSelect(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name=0);
KBCharSelect(TQWidget* parent, const char* name=0);
void saveSettings(KConfig* config);
void restoreSettings(KConfig* config);

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
MyMultiLineEdit::MyMultiLineEdit(int ID, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name)
:KTextEdit(tqparent,name), emitUndo(true),
MyMultiLineEdit::MyMultiLineEdit(int ID, TQWidget* parent,const char* name)
:KTextEdit(parent,name), emitUndo(true),
_firstChangedLine(0),
_lastChangedLine(0),
_lastParagraph(0),
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ MyMultiLineEdit::MyMultiLineEdit(int ID, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name)
{
setUndoRedoEnabled(false); // we handle this ourselves
setWordWrap( WidgetWidth );
viewport()->setAcceptDrops( false ); // we need our tqparent to get drops
viewport()->setAcceptDrops( false ); // we need our parent to get drops
connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, TQT_SLOT( onSelectionChanged() ) );
}
@ -592,8 +592,8 @@ void MyMultiLineEdit::setOverwriteMode( bool b )
}
/*******************************************************************************/
MsgMultiLineEdit::MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell, TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name)
:MyMultiLineEdit(ID, tqparent,name),
MsgMultiLineEdit::MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell, TQWidget* parent,const char* name)
:MyMultiLineEdit(ID, parent,name),
_quotes(false),
_cleverEditing(false),
_highlightBg(false),

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class MyMultiLineEdit : public KTextEdit
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MyMultiLineEdit(int ID,TQWidget* tqparent,const char* name=0);
MyMultiLineEdit(int ID,TQWidget* parent,const char* name=0);
/**
applies cmd to the displayed text, but does not emit
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protected:
virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu();
virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu(const TQPoint &pos);
/* the tqparent handles this */
/* the parent handles this */
virtual void wheelEvent(TQWheelEvent*);
bool emitUndo;
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class MsgMultiLineEdit : public MyMultiLineEdit
public:
enum TextColor { NormalColor, ErrorColor };
MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget* tqparent=0,const char* name=0);
MsgMultiLineEdit(int ID, KSpell* spell=0, TQWidget* parent=0,const char* name=0);
virtual ~MsgMultiLineEdit();
/** is displaying surrounding quotes enabled? */

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
SourceView::SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project)
SourceView::SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project)
{
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );
tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum );

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
SourceView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
public slots:
virtual void updateView();

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
#include <kglobal.h>
#include <klocale.h>
SpellDlg::SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText,TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name)
: KDialogBase(tqparent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Spelling")
SpellDlg::SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText,TQWidget *parent,const char *name)
: KDialogBase(parent,name,true,i18n("Caption of dialog","Spelling")
, Ok|Cancel)
{
setButtonOK(KGuiItem(i18n("&Spell Check"),"spellcheck"));

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class SpellDlg : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText, TQWidget* tqparent, const char *name=0);
SpellDlg(bool haveMarkedText, TQWidget* parent, const char *name=0);
~SpellDlg();
bool all() const;

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
TagListView::TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,tqparent,project)
TagListView::TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, Project::Ptr project)
: KBCatalogView(catalog,parent,project)
{
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );
tqlayout->setResizeMode( TQLayout::Minimum );

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
/**
* Default constructor
*/
TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *tqparent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
TagListView(KBCatalog* catalog,TQWidget *parent, KBabel::Project::Ptr project);
public slots:
virtual void updateView();

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#include <kbugreport.h>
#include <klocale.h>
AboutModuleDlg::AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget *tqparent)
: KAboutApplication(aboutData, tqparent)
AboutModuleDlg::AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget *parent)
: KAboutApplication(aboutData, parent)
, _aboutData(aboutData)
{
setHelpLinkText(i18n("Report Bug..."));

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class AboutModuleDlg : public KAboutApplication
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget* tqparent=0);
AboutModuleDlg(const KAboutData *aboutData, TQWidget* parent=0);
public slots:
virtual void helpClickedSlot(const TQString&);

@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
#include <ktempfile.h>
DictChooser::DictChooser(KBabelDictBox*b, TQStringList selected
, TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQWidget(tqparent,name), box(b)
, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQWidget(parent,name), box(b)
{
tempConfig.clear();
tempConfig.setAutoDelete(true);

@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT DictChooser : public TQWidget
public:
DictChooser(KBabelDictBox* box, TQStringList selected,
TQWidget *tqparent , const char *name=0);
TQWidget *parent , const char *name=0);
TQStringList selectedDicts();

@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
#include <tqsignalmapper.h>
DictionaryMenu::DictionaryMenu(KPopupMenu *popupMenu, KActionCollection *collection
, TQObject *tqparent)
: TQObject(tqparent, "dictionarymenu")
, TQObject *parent)
: TQObject(parent, "dictionarymenu")
, popup(popupMenu)
, actionCollection(collection)
, maxId(10)

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT DictionaryMenu : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DictionaryMenu(KPopupMenu *menu, KActionCollection *collection, TQObject *tqparent=0);
DictionaryMenu(KPopupMenu *menu, KActionCollection *collection, TQObject *parent=0);
~DictionaryMenu();
void add(const TQString& name,const TQString& id);

@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ using namespace KBabel;
class ResultListItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
ResultListItem(TQListView *tqparent, const SearchResult& result,bool richText);
ResultListItem(TQListView *parent, const SearchResult& result,bool richText);
virtual TQString key(int column, bool ascending) const;
const SearchResult* result() const;
@ -88,9 +88,9 @@ private:
bool _richText;
};
ResultListItem::ResultListItem(TQListView *tqparent, const SearchResult& result
ResultListItem::ResultListItem(TQListView *parent, const SearchResult& result
, bool richText)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
, _result(result)
, _richText(richText)
{
@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ const SearchResult *ResultListItem::result() const
}
/*
* Constructs a KBabelDictBox which is a child of 'tqparent', with the
* Constructs a KBabelDictBox which is a child of 'parent', with the
* name 'name' and widget flags set to 'f'
*/
KBabelDictBox::KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: DCOPObject("KBabelDict"), TQWidget( tqparent, name, fl )
KBabelDictBox::KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: DCOPObject("KBabelDict"), TQWidget( parent, name, fl )
{
active=-1;
currentResult=0;
@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ TQPtrList<ModuleInfo> KBabelDictBox::moduleInfos()
}
TQPtrList<PrefWidget> KBabelDictBox::modPrefWidgets(TQWidget *tqparent)
TQPtrList<PrefWidget> KBabelDictBox::modPrefWidgets(TQWidget *parent)
{
TQPtrList<PrefWidget> list;
list.setAutoDelete(false);
@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ TQPtrList<PrefWidget> KBabelDictBox::modPrefWidgets(TQWidget *tqparent)
for(e = moduleList.first(); e != 0; e = moduleList.next())
{
list.append(e->preferencesWidget(tqparent));
list.append(e->preferencesWidget(parent));
}
return list;

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT KBabelDictBox : public TQWidget, virtual public KBabelDictIFace
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0
KBabelDictBox( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0
, WFlags fl = 0 );
~KBabelDictBox();
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
TQPtrList<ModuleInfo> moduleInfos();
/** @returns preferencesWidgets of modules */
TQPtrList<PrefWidget> modPrefWidgets(TQWidget* tqparent);
TQPtrList<PrefWidget> modPrefWidgets(TQWidget* parent);
int activeModule();
bool activeModuleEditable();

@ -61,11 +61,11 @@
#include <kiconloader.h>
/*
* Constructs a KBabelDictView which is a child of 'tqparent', with the
* Constructs a KBabelDictView which is a child of 'parent', with the
* name 'name' and widget flags set to 'f'
*/
KBabelDictView::KBabelDictView( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name, fl )
KBabelDictView::KBabelDictView( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
: TQWidget( parent, name, fl )
{
TQVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);
mainLayout->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());

@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KBabelDictView : public TQWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBabelDictView( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 );
KBabelDictView( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 );
~KBabelDictView();
bool prefVisible();

@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
KBabelSplash* KBabelSplash::instance = 0;
KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name )
: TQVBox( tqparent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose )
KBabelSplash::KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
: TQVBox( parent, name, WType_Dialog|WShowModal|WStyle_Customize|WStyle_NoBorder|WDestructiveClose )
{
setMargin( 0 );
setSpacing( 0 );

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KBabelSplash( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KBabelSplash( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KBabelSplash() { instance = 0; }
static KBabelSplash* instance;

@ -72,8 +72,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
KDBSearchEngine::KDBSearchEngine (TQObject * tqparent, const char *name):
SearchEngine (tqparent, name)
KDBSearchEngine::KDBSearchEngine (TQObject * parent, const char *name):
SearchEngine (parent, name)
{
edited = "unknown";
dm = 0; //Database Manager
@ -1203,10 +1203,10 @@ KDBSearchEngine::readSettings (KConfigBase * config)
}
PrefWidget *
KDBSearchEngine::preferencesWidget (TQWidget * tqparent)
KDBSearchEngine::preferencesWidget (TQWidget * parent)
{
pw = new PreferencesWidget (tqparent);
pw = new PreferencesWidget (parent);
setSettings ();
connect (pw, TQT_SIGNAL (restoreNow ()), this, TQT_SLOT (setSettings ()));
connect (pw, TQT_SIGNAL (applyNow ()), this, TQT_SLOT (updateSettings ()));

@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class KDBSearchEngine : public SearchEngine
public:
KDBSearchEngine(TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0);
KDBSearchEngine(TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0);
~KDBSearchEngine();
enum Rules {Equal = 1, Contains = 2, Contained = 4, RegExp = 8};
enum FormatRules { Dots = 1, Ampersand = 2, FirstWordUpper = 4, //Not yet used
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ public:
virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent);
virtual const KAboutData *about() const;

@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ DataBaseItem::toRawData (char *_data)
DataBaseManager::DataBaseManager (TQString directory, TQString lang,
TQObject * tqparent, const char *name):
TQObject (tqparent, name)
TQObject * parent, const char *name):
TQObject (parent, name)
{
TQString filename;

@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ class DataBaseManager : public TQObject
*/
DataBaseManager(TQString directory,TQString lang,TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0);
DataBaseManager(TQString directory,TQString lang,TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0);
~DataBaseManager();
/*
Create a new databse structure.

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
using namespace KBabel;
PoScanner::PoScanner(DataBaseManager *dbm,
TQObject *tqparent,const char *name):TQObject(tqparent,name)
TQObject *parent,const char *name):TQObject(parent,name)
{
dm=dbm;
removeOldCatalogTranslation=false; //Check if this flag do something.

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class PoScanner : public TQObject
public:
PoScanner(DataBaseManager *dbm,TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0);
PoScanner(DataBaseManager *dbm,TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0);
/*
Scan a single PO file.

@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ KInstance *DbSeFactory::s_instance = 0;
KAboutData *DbSeFactory::s_about = 0;
DbSeFactory::DbSeFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(tqparent,name)
DbSeFactory::DbSeFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(parent,name)
{
}
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ DbSeFactory::~DbSeFactory()
}
TQObject *DbSeFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
TQObject *DbSeFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const char *classname, const TQStringList &)
{
if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine")
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ TQObject *DbSeFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
return 0;
}
KDBSearchEngine *se = new KDBSearchEngine(tqparent,name);
KDBSearchEngine *se = new KDBSearchEngine(parent,name);
emit objectCreated(se);
return se;

@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ class DbSeFactory : public KLibFactory
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DbSeFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
DbSeFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~DbSeFactory();
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0,
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0,
const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING,
const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());

@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
#include "dbseprefwidget.h"
#include "preferenceswidget.h"
PreferencesWidget::PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(tqparent,name)
PreferencesWidget::PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(parent,name)
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);
// TQLabel *label = new TQLabel(i18n("Settings for KDE database search engine"),this);

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class PreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~PreferencesWidget();
virtual void apply();

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
#include <kdebug.h>
#define i18n (const char *)
KDBSearchEngine2::KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *tqparent,const char*name)
: SearchEngine(tqparent,name)
KDBSearchEngine2::KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *parent,const char*name)
: SearchEngine(parent,name)
{
pw=0;
dbDirectory=".";
@ -255,10 +255,10 @@ void KDBSearchEngine2::stringChanged( TQString orig, TQString translated
}
PrefWidget * KDBSearchEngine2::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent)
PrefWidget * KDBSearchEngine2::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent)
{
pw = new KDB2PreferencesWidget(tqparent);
pw = new KDB2PreferencesWidget(parent);
kdDebug(0) << "new KDB2 preferences widget" << endl;
setSettings();
connect(pw,TQT_SIGNAL(restoreNow()),this,TQT_SLOT(setSettings()));

@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ class KDBSearchEngine2 : public SearchEngine
public:
KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
KDBSearchEngine2(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~KDBSearchEngine2();
//init if needed.
@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ class KDBSearchEngine2 : public SearchEngine
* search engine. The returned widget should not be bigger than
* 400x400. If you need more space, you maybe want to use
* a tabbed widget.
* @param tqparent the tqparent of the returned widget
* @param parent the parent of the returned widget
*/
virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent);
virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent);
/** @returns information about this SearchEngine */
virtual const KAboutData *about() const;

@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ TQValueList<KURL> MessagesSource::filesInDir(KURL url,bool recursive)
//FIXME: clean this class
PoScanner::PoScanner(DataBaseInterface *dbi,
TQObject *tqparent,const char *name):TQObject(tqparent,name)
TQObject *parent,const char *name):TQObject(parent,name)
{
di=dbi;
removeOldCatalogTranslation=true;

@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ class PoScanner : public TQObject
public:
PoScanner(DataBaseInterface *dbi,TQObject *tqparent=0,const char *name=0);
PoScanner(DataBaseInterface *dbi,TQObject *parent=0,const char *name=0);
/*
Scan a single PO file.

@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ KInstance *DbSe2Factory::s_instance = 0;
KAboutData *DbSe2Factory::s_about = 0;
DbSe2Factory::DbSe2Factory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(tqparent,name)
DbSe2Factory::DbSe2Factory( TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(parent,name)
{
}
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ DbSe2Factory::~DbSe2Factory()
}
TQObject *DbSe2Factory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
TQObject *DbSe2Factory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const char *classname, const TQStringList &)
{
if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine")
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ TQObject *DbSe2Factory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
return 0;
}
KDBSearchEngine2 *se = new KDBSearchEngine2(tqparent,name);
KDBSearchEngine2 *se = new KDBSearchEngine2(parent,name);
emit objectCreated(se);
return se;

@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ class DbSe2Factory : public KLibFactory
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DbSe2Factory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
DbSe2Factory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~DbSe2Factory();
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0,
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0,
const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING,
const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());

@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
#include "dbse2.h"
#include "preferenceswidget.h"
KDB2PreferencesWidget::KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(tqparent,name)
KDB2PreferencesWidget::KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(parent,name)
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);
// TQLabel *label = new TQLabel(i18n("Settings for KDE Database Search Engine"),this);

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class KDB2PreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
KDB2PreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~KDB2PreferencesWidget();
virtual void apply();

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ KInstance *PaFactory::s_instance = 0;
KAboutData *PaFactory::s_about = 0;
PaFactory::PaFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(tqparent,name)
PaFactory::PaFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(parent,name)
{
}
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PaFactory::~PaFactory()
}
TQObject *PaFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name
TQObject *PaFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name
, const char *classname, const TQStringList &)
{
if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine")
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQObject *PaFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name
return 0;
}
return new PoAuxiliary(tqparent,name);
return new PoAuxiliary(parent,name);
}

@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ class PaFactory : public KLibFactory
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PaFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
PaFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~PaFactory();
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0
, const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING
, const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());

@ -50,8 +50,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
PoAuxiliary::PoAuxiliary(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: SearchEngine(tqparent, name)
PoAuxiliary::PoAuxiliary(TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: SearchEngine(parent, name)
{
catalog = new Catalog(this, "PoAuxiliary::catalog");
prefWidget=0;
@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ void PoAuxiliary::readSettings(KConfigBase *config)
restoreSettings();
}
PrefWidget *PoAuxiliary::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent)
PrefWidget *PoAuxiliary::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent)
{
prefWidget = new AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(tqparent,"pocompendium_prefwidget");
prefWidget = new AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(parent,"pocompendium_prefwidget");
connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(applySettings()), this, TQT_SLOT(applySettings()));
connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(restoreSettings())
, this, TQT_SLOT(restoreSettings()));

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class PoAuxiliary : public SearchEngine
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PoAuxiliary(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
PoAuxiliary(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~PoAuxiliary();
virtual bool isReady() const;
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent);
virtual const KAboutData *about() const;

@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
#include "preferenceswidget.h"
#include "pwidget.h"
AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget::AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(tqparent,name)
AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget::AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(parent,name)
, changed(false)
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~AuxiliaryPreferencesWidget();
virtual void apply();

@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
CompendiumData::CompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent)
: TQObject(tqparent)
CompendiumData::CompendiumData(TQObject *parent)
: TQObject(parent)
, _active(false)
, _error(false)
, _initialized(false)

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class CompendiumData : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent=0);
CompendiumData(TQObject *parent=0);
bool load(KURL url);

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ KInstance *PcFactory::s_instance = 0;
KAboutData *PcFactory::s_about = 0;
PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(tqparent,name)
PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(parent,name)
{
}
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PcFactory::~PcFactory()
}
TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name
TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name
, const char *classname, const TQStringList &)
{
if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine")
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name
return 0;
}
return new PoCompendium(tqparent,name);
return new PoCompendium(parent,name);
}

@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ class PcFactory : public KLibFactory
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
PcFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~PcFactory();
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0
, const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING
, const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());

@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ using namespace KBabel;
static KStaticDeleter< TQDict<CompendiumData> > compDataDeleter;
TQDict<CompendiumData> *PoCompendium::_compDict = 0;
PoCompendium::PoCompendium(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: SearchEngine(tqparent, name)
PoCompendium::PoCompendium(TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: SearchEngine(parent, name)
{
prefWidget=0;
data=0;
@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ void PoCompendium::readSettings(KConfigBase *config)
restoreSettings();
}
PrefWidget *PoCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent)
PrefWidget *PoCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent)
{
prefWidget = new CompendiumPreferencesWidget(tqparent,"pocompendium_prefwidget");
prefWidget = new CompendiumPreferencesWidget(parent,"pocompendium_prefwidget");
kdDebug(KBABEL_SEARCH) << "PreferencesWidget is " << prefWidget << endl;
connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(applySettings()), this, TQT_SLOT(applySettings()));
connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(restoreSettings())

@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class PoCompendium : public SearchEngine
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PoCompendium(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
PoCompendium(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~PoCompendium();
virtual bool isReady() const;
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent);
virtual const KAboutData *about() const;

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
#include "preferenceswidget.h"
#include "pwidget.h"
CompendiumPreferencesWidget::CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(tqparent,name)
CompendiumPreferencesWidget::CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(parent,name)
, changed(false)
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class CompendiumPreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
CompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~CompendiumPreferencesWidget();
virtual void apply();

@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ KInstance *PcFactory::s_instance = 0;
KAboutData *PcFactory::s_about = 0;
PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(tqparent,name)
PcFactory::PcFactory( TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: KLibFactory(parent,name)
{
}
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ PcFactory::~PcFactory()
}
TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name
TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name
, const char *classname, const TQStringList &)
{
if(TQCString(classname) != "SearchEngine")
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQObject *PcFactory::createObject( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name
return 0;
}
return new TmxCompendium(tqparent,name);
return new TmxCompendium(parent,name);
}

@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ class PcFactory : public KLibFactory
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PcFactory( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
PcFactory( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~PcFactory();
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0
virtual TQObject *createObject( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0
, const char *classname=TQOBJECT_OBJECT_NAME_STRING
, const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#include "preferenceswidget.h"
#include "pwidget.h"
TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget::TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(tqparent,name)
TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget::TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name)
: PrefWidget(parent,name)
, changed(false)
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget : public PrefWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual ~TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget();
virtual void apply();

@ -58,8 +58,8 @@
static KStaticDeleter< TQDict<TmxCompendiumData> > compDataDeleter;
TQDict<TmxCompendiumData> *TmxCompendium::_compDict = 0;
TmxCompendium::TmxCompendium(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: SearchEngine(tqparent, name)
TmxCompendium::TmxCompendium(TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: SearchEngine(parent, name)
{
prefWidget=0;
data=0;
@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ void TmxCompendium::readSettings(KConfigBase *config)
restoreSettings();
}
PrefWidget *TmxCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent)
PrefWidget *TmxCompendium::preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent)
{
prefWidget = new TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(tqparent,"tmxcompendium_prefwidget");
prefWidget = new TmxCompendiumPreferencesWidget(parent,"tmxcompendium_prefwidget");
connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(applySettings()), this, TQT_SLOT(applySettings()));
connect(prefWidget, TQT_SIGNAL(restoreSettings())
, this, TQT_SLOT(restoreSettings()));

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class TmxCompendium : public SearchEngine
TQ_OBJECT
public:
TmxCompendium(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
TmxCompendium(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~TmxCompendium();
virtual bool isReady() const;
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
virtual void saveSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual void readSettings(KConfigBase *config);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent);
virtual PrefWidget *preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent);
virtual const KAboutData *about() const;

@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
using namespace KBabel;
TmxCompendiumData::TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent)
: TQObject(tqparent)
TmxCompendiumData::TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *parent)
: TQObject(parent)
, _active(false)
, _error(false)
, _initialized(false)

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class TmxCompendiumData : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *tqparent=0);
TmxCompendiumData(TQObject *parent=0);
bool load(const KURL& url, const TQString& language);

@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ SearchResult::SearchResult(const SearchResult& r)
}
PrefWidget::PrefWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQWidget(tqparent,name)
PrefWidget::PrefWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
: TQWidget(parent,name)
{
}
@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ PrefWidget::~PrefWidget()
}
SearchEngine::SearchEngine(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name)
: TQObject(tqparent, name)
SearchEngine::SearchEngine(TQObject *parent, const char *name)
: TQObject(parent, name)
{
autoUpdate=false;
results.setAutoDelete(true);

@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT PrefWidget : public TQWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PrefWidget(TQWidget *tqparent, const char* name=0);
PrefWidget(TQWidget *parent, const char* name=0);
virtual ~PrefWidget();
public slots:
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ class KDE_EXPORT SearchEngine : public TQObject
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SearchEngine(TQObject *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
SearchEngine(TQObject *parent=0, const char *name=0);
virtual ~SearchEngine();
@ -354,9 +354,9 @@ public:
* search engine. The returned widget should not be bigger than
* 400x400. If you need more space, you maybe want to use
* a tabbed widget.
* @param tqparent the tqparent of the returned widget
* @param parent the parent of the returned widget
*/
virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *tqparent)=0;
virtual PrefWidget* preferencesWidget(TQWidget *parent)=0;
/** @returns information about this SearchEngine */
virtual const KAboutData *about() const= 0;

@ -151,22 +151,22 @@ bool MailSender::send(const TQString &fromName,const TQString &fromEmail,const T
void MailSender::smtpSuccess()
{
if ( tqparent() != sender() || !tqparent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) )
if ( parent() != sender() || !parent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) )
return;
static_cast<Smtp *>( tqparent() )->quit();
static_cast<Smtp *>( parent() )->quit();
emit finished();
}
void MailSender::smtpError(const TQString &_command, const TQString &_response)
{
if ( tqparent() != sender() || !tqparent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) )
if ( parent() != sender() || !parent()->inherits( "Smtp" ) )
return;
TQString command = _command;
TQString response = _response;
Smtp *smtp = static_cast<Smtp *>( tqparent() );
Smtp *smtp = static_cast<Smtp *>( parent() );
smtp->removeChild( this );
delete smtp;

@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
BugLVI::BugLVI( KListView *tqparent , const Bug &bug )
: KListViewItem( tqparent, bug.number() + " ",
BugLVI::BugLVI( KListView *parent , const Bug &bug )
: KListViewItem( parent, bug.number() + " ",
i18n( "1 day", "%n days", bug.age() ),
bug.title(), //KStringHandler::csqueeze( bug.title(), 70 ),
Bug::statusLabel( bug.status() ),

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace KBugBusterMainWindow
class BugLVI : public KListViewItem
{
public:
BugLVI( KListView *tqparent , const Bug &bug );
BugLVI( KListView *parent , const Bug &bug );
~BugLVI();
Bug& bug() { return m_bug; }

@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
CentralWidget::CentralWidget( const TQCString &initialPackage,
const TQCString &initialComponent,
const TQCString &initialBug, TQWidget *tqparent,
const TQCString &initialBug, TQWidget *parent,
const char * name )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name )
: TQWidget( parent, name )
{
// Master tqlayout
( new TQVBoxLayout( this, 0,

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class CentralWidget : public TQWidget
public:
CentralWidget( const TQCString &initialPackage,
const TQCString &initalComponent,const TQCString& initialBug,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~CentralWidget();
void initialize( const TQString &initialPackage = TQString(),

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
CWBugDetails::CWBugDetails( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name )
CWBugDetails::CWBugDetails( TQWidget *parent , const char * name )
: TQWidget( parent, name )
{
TQBoxLayout *topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class CWBugDetails : public TQWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CWBugDetails( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
CWBugDetails( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~CWBugDetails();
void setBug( const Bug &, const BugDetails & );

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
CWBugDetailsContainer::CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name )
: CWBugDetailsContainer_Base( tqparent, name )
CWBugDetailsContainer::CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget *parent , const char * name )
: CWBugDetailsContainer_Base( parent, name )
{
// Do some stuff Designer can't do:
m_bugCloseBtn->setIconSet( BarIconSet( "edittrash" ) );

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class CWBugDetailsContainer : public CWBugDetailsContainer_Base
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
CWBugDetailsContainer( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~CWBugDetailsContainer();
void setBug( const Bug &, const BugDetails & );

@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
CWBugListContainer::CWBugListContainer( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name ), m_find(0), m_findItem(0)
CWBugListContainer::CWBugListContainer( TQWidget *parent , const char * name )
: TQWidget( parent, name ), m_find(0), m_findItem(0)
{
TQBoxLayout *topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this );
topLayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class CWBugListContainer : public TQWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CWBugListContainer( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
CWBugListContainer( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~CWBugListContainer();
void setBugList( const Package &package, const TQString &component, const Bug::List &bugs );

@ -27,16 +27,16 @@
using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
CWLoadingWidget::CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode, TQWidget *tqparent,
CWLoadingWidget::CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode, TQWidget *parent,
const char * name )
: TQFrame( tqparent, name )
: TQFrame( parent, name )
{
init( mode );
}
CWLoadingWidget::CWLoadingWidget( const TQString &text, WidgetMode mode,
TQWidget *tqparent, const char * name )
: TQFrame( tqparent, name )
TQWidget *parent, const char * name )
: TQFrame( parent, name )
{
init( mode );
setText( text );

@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ public:
*/
enum WidgetMode { TopFrame = 0, BottomFrame };
CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode = TopFrame, TQWidget* tqparent = 0,
CWLoadingWidget( WidgetMode mode = TopFrame, TQWidget* parent = 0,
const char* name = 0 );
CWLoadingWidget( const TQString &text, WidgetMode mode = TopFrame,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~CWLoadingWidget();
TQString text() const { return m_text; }

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
CWSearchWidget::CWSearchWidget( TQWidget *tqparent , const char * name )
: CWSearchWidget_Base( tqparent, name )
CWSearchWidget::CWSearchWidget( TQWidget *parent , const char * name )
: CWSearchWidget_Base( parent, name )
{
// Set fonts and margins
CWSearchWidget_BaseLayout->setSpacing( KDialog::spacingHint() );

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class CWSearchWidget : public CWSearchWidget_Base
TQ_OBJECT
public:
CWSearchWidget( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
CWSearchWidget( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~CWSearchWidget();
public slots:

@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ using namespace KBugBusterMainWindow;
class TextViewer : public KDialogBase
{
public:
TextViewer( const TQString &title, TQWidget *tqparent = 0 )
: KDialogBase( Plain, title, Ok, Ok, tqparent, 0,
TextViewer( const TQString &title, TQWidget *parent = 0 )
: KDialogBase( Plain, title, Ok, Ok, parent, 0,
false )
{
TQFrame *topFrame = plainPage();

@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class KBBMainWindow : public KMainWindow, virtual public KBookmarkOwner
KBBMainWindow( const TQCString &initialPackage = "",
const TQCString &initialCpomponent = "",
const TQCString &initialBug = "",
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KBBMainWindow();
/// Overloaded functions of KBookmarkOwner

@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
#include <tqpushbutton.h>
#include "messageeditor.moc"
MessageEditor::MessageEditor( TQWidget *tqparent )
: KDialogBase(Plain,i18n("Edit Message Buttons"),Ok|Cancel,Ok,tqparent,0,
MessageEditor::MessageEditor( TQWidget *parent )
: KDialogBase(Plain,i18n("Edit Message Buttons"),Ok|Cancel,Ok,parent,0,
true,true)
{
TQFrame *topFrame = plainPage();

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class MessageEditor : public KDialogBase {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MessageEditor( TQWidget *tqparent );
MessageEditor( TQWidget *parent );
protected slots:
void slotOk();

@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
MsgInputDialog::MsgInputDialog(MsgInputDialog::MessageType type, const Bug &bug,
const Package &package, const TQString &quotedMsg,
TQWidget *tqparent)
: KDialogBase(Plain,TQString(),User1|User2|Ok|Cancel,Ok,tqparent,0,false,
TQWidget *parent)
: KDialogBase(Plain,TQString(),User1|User2|Ok|Cancel,Ok,parent,0,false,
true,KStdGuiItem::clear(),i18n( "&Edit Presets..." )),
mBug( bug ),
mPackage( package ),

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ class MsgInputDialog : public KDialogBase
enum MessageType{ Close, Reply, ReplyPrivate };
MsgInputDialog( MessageType, const Bug &, const Package &,
const TQString &, TQWidget *tqparent=0);
const TQString &, TQWidget *parent=0);
virtual ~MsgInputDialog();
TQString message() const;

@ -16,15 +16,15 @@
#include "packagelvi.h"
PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListView *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component )
: TQListViewItem( tqparent, pkg.name(), pkg.description() )
PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListView *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component )
: TQListViewItem( parent, pkg.name(), pkg.description() )
{
m_package = pkg;
m_component = component;
}
PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component )
: TQListViewItem( tqparent, component )
PackageLVI::PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component )
: TQListViewItem( parent, component )
{
m_package = pkg;
m_component = component;

@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ class PackageLVI : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
// Top-level package
PackageLVI( TQListView *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component );
PackageLVI( TQListView *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component );
// Child component
PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *tqparent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component );
PackageLVI( TQListViewItem *parent , const Package &pkg, const TQString &component );
~PackageLVI();

@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
#include "packageselectdialog.h"
#include "packageselectdialog.moc"
PackageListView::PackageListView( TQWidget *tqparent ) :
TQListView( tqparent )
PackageListView::PackageListView( TQWidget *parent ) :
TQListView( parent )
{
setFocusPolicy( TQ_StrongFocus );
}
@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ void PackageListView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
emit typed( mTyped );
}
PackageSelectDialog::PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) :
KDialogBase( tqparent, name, true, i18n("Select Product"), Ok|Cancel )
PackageSelectDialog::PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *parent,const char *name) :
KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n("Select Product"), Ok|Cancel )
{
TQWidget *topWidget = new TQWidget( this );
setMainWidget( topWidget );

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ class PackageListView : public TQListView
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PackageListView( TQWidget *tqparent );
PackageListView( TQWidget *parent );
void resetTyped();
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class PackageSelectDialog : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent=0,const char *name=0);
PackageSelectDialog(TQWidget *parent=0,const char *name=0);
~PackageSelectDialog();
void setRecentPackages( const TQStringList & );

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class ServerItem : public TQListViewItem
class ServerListView : public TQListView
{
public:
ServerListView( TQWidget *tqparent ) : TQListView( tqparent )
ServerListView( TQWidget *parent ) : TQListView( parent )
{
addColumn( i18n("Name") );
addColumn( i18n("Base URL") );
@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ class ServerListView : public TQListView
}
};
PreferencesDialog::PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name )
PreferencesDialog::PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
: KDialogBase ( IconList, i18n("Preferences"), Ok|Apply|Cancel, Ok,
tqparent, name, false, true )
parent, name, false, true )
{
setupServerPage();
setupAdvancedPage();
@ -274,21 +274,21 @@ void PreferencesDialog::writeConfig()
emit configChanged();
}
SelectServerDlg::SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *tqparent, const char */*name*/ )
:KDialogBase(tqparent, 0, true, i18n("Select Server"),
SelectServerDlg::SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *parent, const char */*name*/ )
:KDialogBase(parent, 0, true, i18n("Select Server"),
KDialogBase::Ok | KDialogBase::Cancel)
{
list = new ServerListView(this );
setMainWidget( list );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "KDE", "http://bugs.kde.org", "KDE" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "GNOME", "http://bugzilla.gnome.org", "2.10" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Mozilla", "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org", "2.17.1" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Apache", "http://nagoya.apache.org/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "XFree86", "http://bugs.xfree86.org/cgi-bin/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Ximian", "http://bugzilla.ximian.com", "2.10" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "RedHat", "http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/", "2.17.1" );
tqparent->createServerItem( list, "Mandriva", "http://qa.mandriva.com/", "2.17.4" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "KDE", "http://bugs.kde.org", "KDE" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "GNOME", "http://bugzilla.gnome.org", "2.10" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "Mozilla", "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org", "2.17.1" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "Apache", "http://nagoya.apache.org/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "XFree86", "http://bugs.xfree86.org/cgi-bin/bugzilla/", "2.14.2" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "Ximian", "http://bugzilla.ximian.com", "2.10" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "RedHat", "http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/", "2.17.1" );
parent->createServerItem( list, "Mandriva", "http://qa.mandriva.com/", "2.17.4" );
connect( list, TQT_SIGNAL( doubleClicked ( TQListViewItem *)), this, TQT_SLOT( slotDoubleClicked( TQListViewItem *)));
}

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ class PreferencesDialog : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
PreferencesDialog( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~PreferencesDialog();
void createServerItem( ServerListView *listView, const TQString &name,
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class SelectServerDlg : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *tqparent, const char */*name*/ );
SelectServerDlg(PreferencesDialog *parent, const char */*name*/ );
ServerItem *serverSelected();
protected slots:
void slotDoubleClicked( TQListViewItem *);

@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
#include <tqvbox.h>
#include <tqcombobox.h>
ServerConfigDialog::ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) :
KDialogBase( tqparent, name, true, i18n("Edit Bugzilla Server"), Ok|Cancel )
ServerConfigDialog::ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n("Edit Bugzilla Server"), Ok|Cancel )
{
TQWidget *topFrame = makeMainWidget();

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ class ServerConfigDialog : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *tqparent = 0 , const char *name = 0 );
ServerConfigDialog( TQWidget *parent = 0 , const char *name = 0 );
void setServerConfig( const BugServerConfig & );
BugServerConfig serverConfig();

@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
#include "severityselectdialog.h"
#include "severityselectdialog.moc"
SeveritySelectDialog::SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent,const char *name) :
KDialogBase( tqparent, name, true, i18n("Select Severity"), Ok|Cancel )
SeveritySelectDialog::SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *parent,const char *name) :
KDialogBase( parent, name, true, i18n("Select Severity"), Ok|Cancel )
{
mButtonGroup = new TQButtonGroup( 1,Qt::Horizontal, i18n("Severity"), this );
setMainWidget( mButtonGroup );

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ class SeveritySelectDialog : public KDialogBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *tqparent=0,const char *name=0);
SeveritySelectDialog(TQWidget *parent=0,const char *name=0);
void setSeverity( Bug::Severity );

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
#include "resourceprefs.h"
#include "kcalresourceconfig.h"
KCalResourceConfig::KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name )
: KRES::ConfigWidget( tqparent, name )
KCalResourceConfig::KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
: KRES::ConfigWidget( parent, name )
{
resize( 245, 115 );

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class KCalResourceConfig : public KRES::ConfigWidget
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
KCalResourceConfig( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
public slots:
virtual void loadSettings( KRES::Resource *resource );

@ -963,8 +963,8 @@ void GraphExporter::buildGraph(TraceFunction* f, int d,
//
// PannerView
//
PannerView::PannerView(TQWidget * tqparent, const char * name)
: TQCanvasView(tqparent, name, WNoAutoErase | WStaticContents)
PannerView::PannerView(TQWidget * parent, const char * name)
: TQCanvasView(parent, name, WNoAutoErase | WStaticContents)
{
_movingZoomRect = false;
@ -1368,8 +1368,8 @@ void CallGraphTip::maybeTip( const TQPoint& pos )
// CallGraphView
//
CallGraphView::CallGraphView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQCanvasView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQCanvasView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_zoomPosition = DEFAULT_ZOOMPOS;
_lastAutoPosition = TopLeft;

@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ class PannerView: public TQCanvasView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PannerView(TQWidget * tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0);
PannerView(TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0);
void setZoomRect(TQRect r);
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ public:
enum ZoomPosition { TopLeft, TopRight, BottomLeft, BottomRight, Auto };
CallGraphView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
~CallGraphView();
void readViewConfig(KConfig*, TQString prefix, TQString postfix, bool);

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
// CallItem
CallItem::CallItem(CallView* view, TQListView* tqparent, TraceCall* c)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
CallItem::CallItem(CallView* view, TQListView* parent, TraceCall* c)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_call = c;
_view = view;

@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
CallMapView::CallMapView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TreeMapWidget(new CallMapBaseItem(), tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TreeMapWidget(new CallMapBaseItem(), parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_showCallers = showCallers;
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ TQString CallMapView::whatsThis() const
"<em>very</em> time consuming, you may want to limit "
"the maximum drawn nesting level before. "
"'Best' determinates the split direction for tqchildren "
"from the aspect ratio of the tqparent. "
"from the aspect ratio of the parent. "
"'Always Best' decides on remaining space for each "
"sibling. "
"'Ignore Proportions' takes space for function name "
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p)
if ((int)name.length()>Configuration::maxSymbolLength())
name = name.left(Configuration::maxSymbolLength()) + "...";
fpopup.insertItem(name, 101+count);
item = item->tqparent();
item = item->parent();
count++;
}
popup.insertSeparator();
@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p)
l2popup.setItemChecked(201+count, true);
foundStopName = true;
}
item = item->tqparent();
item = item->parent();
count++;
}
}
@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p)
if (r>100 && r<150) {
r -= 100;
while (i && (r>1)) {
i=i->tqparent();
i=i->parent();
r--;
}
activatedSlot(i);
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void CallMapView::context(TreeMapItem* i,const TQPoint & p)
if (r>200 && r<250) {
r -= 200;
while (i && (r>1)) {
i=i->tqparent();
i=i->parent();
r--;
}
if (i)
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ TQString CallMapView::tipString(TreeMapItem* i) const
if (!tip.isEmpty()) tip += "\n";
tip += itemTip;
i = i->tqparent();
i = i->parent();
count++;
}
if (count == Configuration::maxSymbolCount()) tip += "\n...";

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class CallMapView: public TreeMapWidget, public TraceItemView
public:
CallMapView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
CallView::CallView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_showCallers = showCallers;

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class CallView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView
public:
CallView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
ConfigDlg::ConfigDlg(Configuration* c, TraceData* data,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
:ConfigDlgBase(tqparent, name)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
:ConfigDlgBase(parent, name)
{
_config = c;
_data = data;
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ void ConfigDlg::dirsItemChanged(TQListViewItem* i)
void ConfigDlg::dirsDeletePressed()
{
if (!_dirItem || (_dirItem->depth() == 0)) return;
TQListViewItem* p = _dirItem->tqparent();
TQListViewItem* p = _dirItem->parent();
if (!p) return;
Configuration* c = Configuration::config();

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class ConfigDlg : public ConfigDlgBase
public:
ConfigDlg(Configuration*, TraceData*,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~ConfigDlg();
static bool configure(Configuration*, TraceData*, TQWidget*);

@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
// CostListItem
CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
TraceCostType* ct, int size)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_groupSize = size;
_skipped = 0;
@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
}
}
CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped,
CostListItem::CostListItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped,
TraceCostItem* costItem, TraceCostType* ct)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_skipped = skipped;
_costItem = costItem;

@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
class CostListItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* cost,
CostListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* cost,
TraceCostType* ct, int size = -1);
// entry with multiple skipped items
CostListItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, TraceCostItem* cost,
CostListItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, TraceCostItem* cost,
TraceCostType* ct);
int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const;

@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
// CostTypeItem
CostTypeItem::CostTypeItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
CostTypeItem::CostTypeItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_costItem = costItem;
_costType = ct;

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
class CostTypeItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
CostTypeItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
CostTypeItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt);
int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const;

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
CostTypeView::CostTypeView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
addColumn( i18n( "Event Type" ) );
addColumn( i18n( "Incl." ) );

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class CostTypeView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView
public:
CostTypeView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
// CallerCoverageItem
CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c,
CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c,
TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct,
TraceCost::CostType gt)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_skipped = 0;
_coverage = c;
@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c,
setGroupType(gt);
}
CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c,
CallerCoverageItem::CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c,
TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct,
TraceCost::CostType gt)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_skipped = skipped;
_coverage = c;
@ -172,11 +172,11 @@ int CallerCoverageItem::compare(TQListViewItem * i,
// CalleeCoverageItem
CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c,
CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c,
TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct,
TraceCost::CostType gt)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_skipped = 0;
_coverage = c;
@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c,
setGroupType(gt);
}
CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c,
CalleeCoverageItem::CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c,
TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct,
TraceCost::CostType gt)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_skipped = skipped;
_coverage = c;

@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ class Coverage;
class CallerCoverageItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt);
CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
CallerCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt);
int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const;
@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ private:
class CalleeCoverageItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt);
CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
CalleeCoverageItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped, Coverage* c, TraceFunction* base,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt);
int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const;

@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
CoverageView::CoverageView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_showCallers = showCallers;

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ class CoverageView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView
public:
CoverageView(bool showCallers, TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
DumpSelection::DumpSelection( TopLevel* top,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: DumpSelectionBase(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(0, top)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: DumpSelectionBase(parent, name), TraceItemView(0, top)
{
}

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ class DumpSelection : public DumpSelectionBase, public TraceItemView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DumpSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
DumpSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual ~DumpSelection();
TQWidget* widget() { return this; }

@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
// FunctionItem
FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f,
FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* f,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
#if 0
_costPixValid = false;
@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f,
setText(4, f->prettyLocation());
}
FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped,
FunctionItem::FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped,
TraceFunction* f, TraceCostType* ct)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
#if 0
_costPixValid = false;

@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
class FunctionItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* function,
FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* function,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt);
// constructor for a "Skipped ... " entry
FunctionItem(TQListView* tqparent, int skipped,
FunctionItem(TQListView* parent, int skipped,
TraceFunction* function, TraceCostType* ct);
int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const;

@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
#include "toplevel.h"
FunctionSelection::FunctionSelection( TopLevel* top,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: FunctionSelectionBase(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(0, top)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: FunctionSelectionBase(parent, name), TraceItemView(0, top)
{
_group = 0;
_inSetGroup = false;

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class FunctionSelection : public FunctionSelectionBase, public TraceItemView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
FunctionSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
FunctionSelection( TopLevel*, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~FunctionSelection();
TraceCostItem* group(TQString);

@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
// InstrItem
// for messages
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent,
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent,
Addr addr, const TQString& msg)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = iv;
_addr = addr;
@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent,
}
// for code lines
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent,
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent,
Addr addr, bool inside,
const TQString& code, const TQString& cmd,
const TQString& args, TraceInstr* instr)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = iv;
_addr = addr;
@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent,
}
// for call lines
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr,
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr,
TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrCall* instrCall)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = iv;
_addr = addr;
@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr,
}
// for jump lines
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr,
InstrItem::InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr,
TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrJump* instrJump)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = iv;
_addr = addr;

@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ class InstrItem: public TQListViewItem
public:
// for messages
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent,
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent,
Addr addr, const TQString&);
// for instruction lines
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* tqparent,
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListView* parent,
Addr addr, bool inside,
const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString&,
TraceInstr* instr);
// for call instr
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr,
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr,
TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrCall* instrCall);
// for jump lines
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* tqparent, Addr addr,
InstrItem(InstrView* iv, TQListViewItem* parent, Addr addr,
TraceInstr* instr, TraceInstrJump* instrJump);
Addr addr() const { return _addr; }

@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ static bool parseLine(char* buf, Addr& addr,
InstrView::InstrView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_showHexCode = DEFAULT_SHOWHEXCODE;
_lastHexCodeWidth = 50;

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class InstrView : public TQListView, public TraceItemView
public:
InstrView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
// MultiView
//
MultiView::MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQSplitter(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(0, top)
MultiView::MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQSplitter(parent, name), TraceItemView(0, top)
{
// default
setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class MultiView : public TQSplitter, public TraceItemView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
MultiView(TopLevel* top, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TabView* activeTabView() const { return _active; }

@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
// PartAreaWidget
PartAreaWidget::PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TreeMapWidget(new BasePartItem(), tqparent, name)
PartAreaWidget::PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TreeMapWidget(new BasePartItem(), parent, name)
{
_data = 0;
_function = 0;
@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ TQString PartAreaWidget::tipString(TreeMapItem* i) const
itemTip += "\n";
tip = itemTip + tip;
i = i->tqparent();
i = i->parent();
count++;
}
// skip to part
while (i && i->rtti()==3) i = i->tqparent();
while (i && i->rtti()==3) i = i->parent();
if (i && i->rtti()==2) {
itemTip = i18n("Profile Part %1").tqarg(i->text(0));

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public:
// Visualisation inside of trace parts
enum VisualisationMode { NoVisualisation, Partitioning, Inclusive };
PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
PartAreaWidget(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
void setData(TraceData* d);
void setCostType(TraceCostType* ct);

@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
// PartListItem
PartListItem::PartListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
PartListItem::PartListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt,
TracePart* part)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_partCostItem = costItem->findDepFromPart(part);
_part = part;

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
class PartListItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
PartListItem(TQListView* tqparent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
PartListItem(TQListView* parent, TraceCostItem* costItem,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost::CostType gt, TracePart* part);
int compare(TQListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const;

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#include "partselection.h"
#include "partgraph.h"
PartSelection::PartSelection( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: PartSelectionBase(tqparent, name)
PartSelection::PartSelection( TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: PartSelectionBase(parent, name)
{
_data = 0;
_costType = 0;
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ void PartSelection::contextMenuRequested(TreeMapItem* i,
str = i18n("Select") + " '" + ni->text(0) + "'";
popup.insertItem(str, id);
ni = ni->tqparent();
ni = ni->parent();
id++;
}
}
@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ void PartSelection::contextMenuRequested(TreeMapItem* i,
if (r>=100) {
TreeMapItem* ci = i;
while (ci && r>100) {
ci = ci->tqparent();
ci = ci->parent();
r--;
}
doubleClicked(ci);
@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ void PartSelection::fillInfo()
TQString info = _data->activePartRange();
TreeMapItem* i = partAreaWidget->current();
while (i && i->rtti()!=2) i = i->tqparent();
while (i && i->rtti()!=2) i = i->parent();
if (i) {
TracePart* part = ((PartItem*)i)->part();

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class PartSelection: public PartSelectionBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PartSelection( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
PartSelection( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~PartSelection();
TraceData* data() { return _data; }

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
PartView::PartView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_inSelectionUpdate = false;

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class PartView: public TQListView, public TraceItemView
public:
PartView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -37,11 +37,11 @@
// SourceItem
// for source lines
SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* tqparent,
SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* parent,
int fileno, unsigned int lineno,
bool inside, const TQString& src,
TraceLine* line)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = sv;
_lineno = lineno;
@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* tqparent,
}
// for call lines
SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent,
SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent,
int fileno, unsigned int lineno,
TraceLine* line, TraceLineCall* lineCall)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = sv;
_lineno = lineno;
@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent,
}
// for jump lines
SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent,
SourceItem::SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent,
int fileno, unsigned int lineno,
TraceLine* line, TraceLineJump* lineJump)
: TQListViewItem(tqparent)
: TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = sv;
_lineno = lineno;

@ -32,18 +32,18 @@ class SourceItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
// for source lines
SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* tqparent,
SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListView* parent,
int fileno, unsigned int lineno,
bool inside, const TQString& src,
TraceLine* line = 0);
// for call lines
SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent,
SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent,
int fileno, unsigned int lineno,
TraceLine* line, TraceLineCall* lineCall);
// for jump lines
SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* tqparent,
SourceItem(SourceView* sv, TQListViewItem* parent,
int fileno, unsigned int lineno,
TraceLine* line, TraceLineJump* lineJump);

@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
SourceView::SourceView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQListView(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQListView(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
_inSelectionUpdate = false;

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ class SourceView : public TQListView, public TraceItemView
public:
SourceView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const;

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
// StackItem
StackItem::StackItem(StackSelection* ss,
TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* f)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = ss;
_function = f;
@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ StackItem::StackItem(StackSelection* ss,
}
StackItem::StackItem(StackSelection* ss,
TQListView* tqparent, TraceCall* call)
:TQListViewItem(tqparent)
TQListView* parent, TraceCall* call)
:TQListViewItem(parent)
{
_view = ss;
_call = call;

@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ class StackItem: public TQListViewItem
{
public:
// for top
StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* tqparent, TraceFunction* f);
StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* tqparent, TraceCall* c);
StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* parent, TraceFunction* f);
StackItem(StackSelection* ss, TQListView* parent, TraceCall* c);
TraceFunction* function() { return _function; }
TraceCall* call() { return _call; }

@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#include "stackselection.h"
#include "stackitem.h"
StackSelection::StackSelection( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: StackSelectionBase(tqparent, name)
StackSelection::StackSelection( TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: StackSelectionBase(parent, name)
{
_data = 0;
_browser = new StackBrowser();

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class StackSelection : public StackSelectionBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
StackSelection( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
StackSelection( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
~StackSelection();
TraceData* data() const { return _data; }

@ -43,10 +43,10 @@
// TabBar
TabBar::TabBar(TabView* v, TQTabWidget* tqparent, const char *name)
: TQTabBar(tqparent, name)
TabBar::TabBar(TabView* v, TQTabWidget* parent, const char *name)
: TQTabBar(parent, name)
{
_tabWidget = tqparent;
_tabWidget = parent;
_tabView = v;
}
@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ void TabBar::mousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e)
// Splitter
//
Splitter::Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQSplitter(o, tqparent, name)
Splitter::Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQSplitter(o, parent, name)
{}
void Splitter::moveEvent(TQMoveEvent* e)
@ -145,9 +145,9 @@ void Splitter::checkVisiblity()
// TabWidget
//
TabWidget::TabWidget(TabView* v, TQWidget* tqparent,
TabWidget::TabWidget(TabView* v, TQWidget* parent,
const char* name, WFlags f)
: TQTabWidget(tqparent, name, f)
: TQTabWidget(parent, name, f)
{
_hasVisibleRect = false;
setTabBar(new TabBar(v, this));
@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ void TabWidget::moveEvent(TQMoveEvent* e)
*/
TabView::TabView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQWidget(tqparent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQWidget(parent, name), TraceItemView(parentView)
{
setFocusPolicy(TQ_StrongFocus);
@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ void TabView::selected(TraceItemView*, TraceItem* s)
select(s);
updateView();
// still forward to tqparent
// still forward to parent
if (_parentView) _parentView->selected(this, s);
}

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class TabBar : public TQTabBar
TQ_OBJECT
public:
TabBar(TabView*, TQTabWidget* tqparent, const char *name = 0);
TabBar(TabView*, TQTabWidget* parent, const char *name = 0);
protected:
void mousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e);
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class Splitter: public TQSplitter
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
Splitter(Qt::Orientation o, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
void checkVisiblity();
protected:
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ class TabWidget: public TQTabWidget
public:
TabWidget(TabView*, TQWidget* tqparent = 0,
TabWidget(TabView*, TQWidget* parent = 0,
const char* name = 0, WFlags f = 0);
bool hasVisibleRect() { return _hasVisibleRect; }
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ class TabView : public TQWidget, public TraceItemView
public:
TabView(TraceItemView* parentView,
TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0);
TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0);
virtual TQWidget* widget() { return this; }
TQString whatsThis() const ;

@ -631,15 +631,15 @@ void TopLevel::createMiscActions()
actionCollection(),
"view_expanded");
hint = i18n("Show percentage costs relative to tqparent");
hint = i18n("Show percentage costs relative to parent");
_taExpanded->setToolTip( hint );
_taExpanded->setWhatsThis( hint );
hint = i18n("<b>Show percentage costs relative to tqparent</b>"
hint = i18n("<b>Show percentage costs relative to parent</b>"
"<p>If this is switched off, percentage costs are always shown "
"relative to the total cost of the profile part(s) that are "
"currently browsed. By turning on this option, percentage cost "
"of shown cost items will be relative to the tqparent cost item."
"of shown cost items will be relative to the parent cost item."
"<ul><table>"
"<tr><td><b>Cost Type</td><td><b>Parent Cost</td></tr>"
"<tr><td>Function Cumulative</td><td>Total</td></tr>"

@ -4843,10 +4843,10 @@ void TraceData::update()
}
TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name,
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost* tqparent)
TraceCostType* ct, TraceCost* parent)
{
TraceCost* result = 0;
TraceItem::CostType pt = tqparent ? tqparent->type() : NoCostType;
TraceItem::CostType pt = parent ? parent->type() : NoCostType;
SubCost sc, scTop = 0;
switch(t) {
@ -4860,9 +4860,9 @@ TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name,
if (f->name() != name) continue;
if ((pt == Class) && (tqparent != f->cls())) continue;
if ((pt == File) && (tqparent != f->file())) continue;
if ((pt == Object) && (tqparent != f->object())) continue;
if ((pt == Class) && (parent != f->cls())) continue;
if ((pt == File) && (parent != f->file())) continue;
if ((pt == Object) && (parent != f->object())) continue;
if (ct) {
sc = f->inclusive()->subCost(ct);
@ -4931,7 +4931,7 @@ TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name,
case Instr:
if (pt == Function) {
TraceInstrMap* instrMap = ((TraceFunction*)tqparent)->instrMap();
TraceInstrMap* instrMap = ((TraceFunction*)parent)->instrMap();
if (!instrMap) break;
TraceInstr *instr;
@ -4949,9 +4949,9 @@ TraceCost* TraceData::search(TraceItem::CostType t, TQString name,
{
TraceFunctionSourceList sList;
if (pt == Function)
sList = ((TraceFunction*)tqparent)->sourceFiles();
sList = ((TraceFunction*)parent)->sourceFiles();
else if (pt == FunctionSource)
sList.append((TraceFunctionSource*) tqparent);
sList.append((TraceFunctionSource*) parent);
else break;
TraceLineMap* lineMap;

@ -1879,13 +1879,13 @@ class TraceData: public TraceCost
/**
* Search for item with given name and highest subcost of given cost type.
*
* For some items, they will only be found if the tqparent cost is given:
* Instr, Line, Call => need tqparent of type Function
* For Function, a tqparent of type Obj/File/Class can be given, but
* For some items, they will only be found if the parent cost is given:
* Instr, Line, Call => need parent of type Function
* For Function, a parent of type Obj/File/Class can be given, but
* isn't needed.
*/
TraceCost* search(TraceItem::CostType, TQString,
TraceCostType* ct = 0, TraceCost* tqparent = 0);
TraceCostType* ct = 0, TraceCost* parent = 0);
// for pretty function names without signature if unique...
TraceFunctionMap::Iterator functionIterator(TraceFunction*);

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
enum Direction { None, Back, Forward, Up };
// a TraceItemView can have a position in a tqparent container
// a TraceItemView can have a position in a parent container
enum Position { Hidden, Top, Right, Left, Bottom };
TraceItemView(TraceItemView* parentView, TopLevel* top = 0);
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
// Overwrite in container views to also set new data for all members.
virtual void setData(TraceData* d);
// change from tqparent, call updateView() to update lazily (only if visible)
// change from parent, call updateView() to update lazily (only if visible)
void setCostType(TraceCostType* t) { _newCostType = t; }
void setCostType2(TraceCostType* t) { _newCostType2 = t; }
void set(TraceItem::CostType g) { _newGroupType = g; }
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public:
/**
* Notification from child views.
* Default implementation notifies tqparent
* Default implementation notifies parent
*/
virtual void selected(TraceItemView* sender, TraceItem*);
virtual void selected(TraceItemView* sender, const TracePartList&);

@ -720,11 +720,11 @@ int TreeMapItemList::compareItems ( Item item1, Item item2 )
bool ascending;
int result;
TreeMapItem* tqparent = ((TreeMapItem*)item1)->tqparent();
TreeMapItem* parent = ((TreeMapItem*)item1)->parent();
// shouldn't happen
if (!tqparent) return 0;
if (!parent) return 0;
int textNo = tqparent->sorting(&ascending);
int textNo = parent->sorting(&ascending);
if (textNo < 0) {
double diff = ((TreeMapItem*)item1)->value() -
@ -741,22 +741,22 @@ int TreeMapItemList::compareItems ( Item item1, Item item2 )
TreeMapItem* TreeMapItemList::commonParent()
{
TreeMapItem* tqparent, *item;
tqparent = first();
if (tqparent)
TreeMapItem* parent, *item;
parent = first();
if (parent)
while( (item = next()) != 0)
tqparent = tqparent->commonParent(item);
parent = parent->commonParent(item);
return tqparent;
return parent;
}
// TreeMapItem
TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value)
TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent, double value)
{
_value = value;
_parent = tqparent;
_parent = parent;
_sum = 0;
_tqchildren = 0;
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value)
_freeRects = 0;
if (_parent) {
// take sorting from tqparent
// take sorting from parent
_sortTextNo = _parent->sorting(&_sortAscending);
_parent->addItem(this);
}
@ -778,12 +778,12 @@ TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value)
}
TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value,
TreeMapItem::TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent, double value,
TQString text1, TQString text2,
TQString text3, TQString text4)
{
_value = value;
_parent = tqparent;
_parent = parent;
// this resizes the text vector only if needed
if (!text4.isEmpty()) setText(3, text4);
@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ bool TreeMapItem::isChildOf(TreeMapItem* item)
TreeMapItem* TreeMapItem::commonParent(TreeMapItem* item)
{
while (item && !isChildOf(item)) {
item = item->tqparent();
item = item->parent();
}
return item;
}
@ -1106,8 +1106,8 @@ void TreeMapTip::maybeTip( const TQPoint& pos )
// TreeMapWidget
TreeMapWidget::TreeMapWidget(TreeMapItem* base,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name)
: TQWidget(tqparent, name)
TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
: TQWidget(parent, name)
{
_base = base;
_base->setWidget(this);
@ -1472,9 +1472,9 @@ void TreeMapWidget::deletingItem(TreeMapItem* i)
// don't redraw a deleted item
if (_needsRefresh == i) {
// we can savely redraw the tqparent, as deleting order is
// from child to tqparent; i.e. i->tqparent() is existing.
_needsRefresh = i->tqparent();
// we can savely redraw the parent, as deleting order is
// from child to parent; i.e. i->parent() is existing.
_needsRefresh = i->parent();
}
}
@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ TQString TreeMapWidget::tipString(TreeMapItem* i) const
tip += itemTip;
}
i = i->tqparent();
i = i->parent();
}
return tip;
}
@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::possibleSelection(TreeMapItem* i) const
if (_maxSelectDepth>=0) {
int depth = i->depth();
while(i && depth > _maxSelectDepth) {
i = i->tqparent();
i = i->parent();
depth--;
}
}
@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::visibleItem(TreeMapItem* i) const
/* Must have a visible area */
while(i && ((i->tqitemRect().width() <1) ||
(i->tqitemRect().height() <1))) {
TreeMapItem* p = i->tqparent();
TreeMapItem* p = i->parent();
if (!p) break;
int idx = p->tqchildren()->findRef(i);
idx--;
@ -1670,13 +1670,13 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::setTmpSelected(TreeMapItem* item, bool selected)
}
bool TreeMapWidget::clearSelection(TreeMapItem* tqparent)
bool TreeMapWidget::clearSelection(TreeMapItem* parent)
{
TreeMapItemList old = _selection;
TreeMapItem* i=_selection.first();
while (i) {
if (i->isChildOf(tqparent)) {
if (i->isChildOf(parent)) {
_selection.remove();
i = _selection.current();
}
@ -1764,11 +1764,11 @@ TreeMapItem* TreeMapWidget::setTmpRangeSelection(TreeMapItem* i1,
TreeMapItem* commonParent = i1;
while (commonParent && !i2->isChildOf(commonParent)) {
i1 = commonParent;
commonParent = commonParent->tqparent();
commonParent = commonParent->parent();
}
if (!commonParent) return changed;
while (i2 && i2->tqparent() != commonParent)
i2 = i2->tqparent();
while (i2 && i2->parent() != commonParent)
i2 = i2->parent();
if (!i2) return changed;
TreeMapItemList* list = commonParent->tqchildren();
@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent* e )
/* returns -1 if nothing visible found */
int nextVisible(TreeMapItem* i)
{
TreeMapItem* p = i->tqparent();
TreeMapItem* p = i->parent();
if (!p || p->tqitemRect().isEmpty()) return -1;
int idx = p->tqchildren()->findRef(i);
@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ int nextVisible(TreeMapItem* i)
/* returns -1 if nothing visible found */
int prevVisible(TreeMapItem* i)
{
TreeMapItem* p = i->tqparent();
TreeMapItem* p = i->parent();
if (!p || p->tqitemRect().isEmpty()) return -1;
int idx = p->tqchildren()->findRef(i);
@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* e )
}
TreeMapItem* old = _current, *newItem;
TreeMapItem* p = _current->tqparent();
TreeMapItem* p = _current->parent();
bool goBack;
if (_current->sorting(&goBack) == -1) {
@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::drawItem(TQPainter* p,
TreeMapItem* i;
if (_markNo>0) {
for(i = item;i;i=i->tqparent())
for(i = item;i;i=i->parent())
if (i->isMarked(_markNo)) break;
isSelected = (i!=0);
@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::selectionActivated(int id)
TreeMapItem* i = _menuItem;
id -= _selectionID;
while (id>0 && i) {
i=i->tqparent();
i=i->parent();
id--;
}
if (i)
@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::addSelectionItems(TQPopupMenu* popup,
TQString name = i->text(0);
if (name.isEmpty()) break;
popup->insertItem(i->text(0), id++);
i = i->tqparent();
i = i->parent();
}
}
@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::fieldStopActivated(int id)
TreeMapItem* i = _menuItem;
id -= _fieldStopID+1;
while (id>0 && i) {
i=i->tqparent();
i=i->parent();
id--;
}
if (i)
@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ void TreeMapWidget::addFieldStopItems(TQPopupMenu* popup,
popup->setItemChecked(id, true);
foundFieldStop = true;
}
i = i->tqparent();
i = i->parent();
}
}

@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ public:
HAlternate, VAlternate,
Horizontal, Vertical };
TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent = 0, double value = 1.0 );
TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* tqparent, double value,
TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent = 0, double value = 1.0 );
TreeMapItem(TreeMapItem* parent, double value,
TQString text1, TQString text2 = TQString(),
TQString text3 = TQString(), TQString text4 = TQString());
virtual ~TreeMapItem();
@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ public:
bool initialized();
/**
* Adds an item to a tqparent.
* Adds an item to a parent.
* When no sorting is used, the item is appended (drawn at bottom).
* This is only needed if the tqparent was not already specified in the
* This is only needed if the parent was not already specified in the
* construction of the item.
*/
void addItem(TreeMapItem*);
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ public:
/**
* Parent Item
*/
TreeMapItem* tqparent() const { return _parent; }
TreeMapItem* parent() const { return _parent; }
/**
* Temporary rectangle used for drawing this item the last time.
@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ public:
enum SelectionMode { Single, Multi, Extended, NoSelection };
/* The widget becomes owner of the base item */
TreeMapWidget(TreeMapItem* base, TQWidget* tqparent=0, const char* name=0);
TreeMapWidget(TreeMapItem* base, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
~TreeMapWidget();
/**
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ public:
/**
* Returns the item possible for selection. this returns the
* given item itself or a tqparent thereof,
* given item itself or a parent thereof,
* depending on setting of maxSelectDepth().
*/
TreeMapItem* possibleSelection(TreeMapItem*) const;
@ -461,17 +461,17 @@ public:
/**
* Clear selection of all selected items which are tqchildren of
* tqparent. When tqparent == 0, clears whole selection
* parent. When parent == 0, clears whole selection
* Returns true if selection changed.
*/
bool clearSelection(TreeMapItem* tqparent = 0);
bool clearSelection(TreeMapItem* parent = 0);
/**
* Selects or unselects items in a range.
* This is needed internally for Shift-Click in Extented mode.
* Range means for a hierarchical widget:
* - select/unselect i1 and i2 according selected
* - search common tqparent of i1 and i2, and select/unselect the
* - search common parent of i1 and i2, and select/unselect the
* range of direct tqchildren between but excluding the child
* leading to i1 and the child leading to i2.
*/
@ -535,12 +535,12 @@ public:
* If a tqchildren value() is almost the parents sum(),
* it can happen that the border to be drawn for visibilty of
* nesting relations takes to much space, and the
* tqparent/child size relation can not be mapped to a correct
* parent/child size relation can not be mapped to a correct
* area size relation.
*
* Either
* (1) Ignore the incorrect drawing, or
* (2) Skip drawing of the tqparent level alltogether.
* (2) Skip drawing of the parent level alltogether.
*/
void setSkipIncorrectBorder(bool enable = true);
bool skipIncorrectBorder() const { return _skipIncorrectBorder; }

@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ typedef KGenericFactory<KCppPlugin> CppFactory;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_cpp, CppFactory("kfile_cpp"))
KCppPlugin::KCppPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
KCppPlugin::KCppPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList &args)
: KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, args)
: KFilePlugin(parent, name, args)
{
kdDebug(7034) << "c++ plugin\n";
makeMimeTypeInfo("text/x-c++src");

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class KCppPlugin: public KFilePlugin
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KCppPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args);
KCppPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args);
virtual bool readInfo(KFileMetaInfo& info, uint what);
private:

@ -44,9 +44,9 @@
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_diff, KGenericFactory<KDiffPlugin>("kfile_diff"))
KDiffPlugin::KDiffPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
KDiffPlugin::KDiffPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList &preferredItems)
: KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, preferredItems)
: KFilePlugin(parent, name, preferredItems)
{
kdDebug(7034) << "diff plugin" << endl;

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class KDiffPlugin: public KFilePlugin
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KDiffPlugin( TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
KDiffPlugin( TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList& preferredItems );

@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ typedef KGenericFactory<KTsPlugin> TsFactory;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kfile_ts, TsFactory("kfile_ts"))
KTsPlugin::KTsPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
const TQStringList &args) : KFilePlugin(tqparent, name, args)
KTsPlugin::KTsPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList &args) : KFilePlugin(parent, name, args)
{
makeMimeTypeInfo( "application/x-linguist" );
}

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class KTsPlugin: public KFilePlugin
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KTsPlugin(TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args);
KTsPlugin(TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList& args);
virtual bool readInfo(KFileMetaInfo& info, uint what);
private:

@ -495,14 +495,14 @@ addAllocationToTree(void)
int i, j;
void *bt[TR_BT_SIZE + 1];
CallerNode* cn = CallTree;
CallerNode** tqparent = &CallTree;
CallerNode** parent = &CallTree;
bt_size = backtrace(bt, TR_BT_SIZE);
for (i = bt_size - 1; i >= 4; i--)
{
if (cn == NULL)
{
*tqparent = cn = (CallerNode*) malloc(sizeof(CallerNode));
*parent = cn = (CallerNode*) malloc(sizeof(CallerNode));
cn->funcAdr = bt[i];
cn->mallocs = 0;
cn->noCallees = 0;
@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ addAllocationToTree(void)
for (j = 0; j < cn->noCallees; j++)
if (bt[i - 1] == cn->callees[j]->funcAdr)
{
tqparent = &cn->callees[j];
parent = &cn->callees[j];
cn = cn->callees[j];
knownCallee = 1;
break;
@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ addAllocationToTree(void)
(newSize - cn->maxCallees) * sizeof(CallerNode*));
cn->maxCallees = newSize;
}
tqparent = &cn->callees[cn->noCallees++];
parent = &cn->callees[cn->noCallees++];
cn = 0;
}
}

@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
using namespace Diff2;
KompareNavTreePart::KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name )
: KParts::ReadOnlyPart( TQT_TQOBJECT(tqparent), name ),
KompareNavTreePart::KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
: KParts::ReadOnlyPart( TQT_TQOBJECT(parent), name ),
m_splitter( 0 ),
m_modelList( 0 ),
m_srcDirTree( 0 ),
@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ void KChangeLVI::setDifferenceText()
setText( 2, text );
}
KChangeLVI::KChangeLVI( KListView* tqparent, Difference* diff ) : KListViewItem( tqparent )
KChangeLVI::KChangeLVI( KListView* parent, Difference* diff ) : KListViewItem( parent )
{
m_difference = diff;
@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ KChangeLVI::~KChangeLVI()
{
}
KFileLVI::KFileLVI( KListView* tqparent, DiffModel* model ) : KListViewItem( tqparent )
KFileLVI::KFileLVI( KListView* parent, DiffModel* model ) : KListViewItem( parent )
{
m_model = model;
@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ KFileLVI::~KFileLVI()
{
}
KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KListView* tqparent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( tqparent )
KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KListView* parent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( parent )
{
// kdDebug(8105) << "KDirLVI (KListView) constructor called with dir = " << dir << endl;
m_rootItem = true;
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KListView* tqparent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( tqparent
setText( 0, m_dirName );
}
KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KDirLVI* tqparent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( tqparent )
KDirLVI::KDirLVI( KDirLVI* parent, TQString& dir ) : KListViewItem( parent )
{
// kdDebug(8105) << "KDirLVI (KDirLVI) constructor called with dir = " << dir << endl;
m_rootItem = false;
@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ TQString KDirLVI::fullPath( TQString& path )
path = path.prepend( m_dirName );
KDirLVI* lviParent = dynamic_cast<KDirLVI*>( tqparent() );
KDirLVI* lviParent = dynamic_cast<KDirLVI*>( parent() );
if ( lviParent )
{
path = lviParent->fullPath( path );
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ KompareNavTreePartFactory::~KompareNavTreePartFactory()
}
KParts::Part* KompareNavTreePartFactory::createPartObject( TQWidget* parentWidget, const char* widgetName,
TQObject* /*tqparent*/, const char* /*name*/,
TQObject* /*parent*/, const char* /*name*/,
const char* /*classname*/, const TQStringList & /*args*/ )
{
// Create an instance of our Part

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class KompareNavTreePart : public KParts::ReadOnlyPart
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* tqparent = 0L, const char* name = 0L );
KompareNavTreePart( TQWidget* parent = 0L, const char* name = 0L );
virtual ~KompareNavTreePart();
public:
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ private:
TQString compareFromEndAndReturnSame( const TQString& string1, const TQString& string2 );
void addDirToTreeView( enum Kompare::Target, const TQString& filename );
KListViewItem* findDirInDirTree( const KListViewItem* tqparent, const TQString& dir );
KListViewItem* findDirInDirTree( const KListViewItem* parent, const TQString& dir );
// KListViewItem* firstItem();
// KListViewItem* lastItem();
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ private:
class KChangeLVI : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KChangeLVI( KListView* tqparent, Diff2::Difference* diff );
KChangeLVI( KListView* parent, Diff2::Difference* diff );
~KChangeLVI();
public:
Diff2::Difference* difference() { return m_difference; };
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ private:
class KFileLVI : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KFileLVI( KListView* tqparent, Diff2::DiffModel* model );
KFileLVI( KListView* parent, Diff2::DiffModel* model );
~KFileLVI();
public:
Diff2::DiffModel* model() { return m_model; };
@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ private:
class KDirLVI : public KListViewItem
{
public:
KDirLVI( KDirLVI* tqparent, TQString& dir );
KDirLVI( KListView* tqparent, TQString& dir );
KDirLVI( KDirLVI* parent, TQString& dir );
KDirLVI( KListView* parent, TQString& dir );
~KDirLVI();
public:
void addModel( TQString& dir, Diff2::DiffModel* model, TQPtrDict<KDirLVI>* modelToDirItemDict );
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ public:
KompareNavTreePartFactory();
virtual ~KompareNavTreePartFactory();
virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const char *classname, const TQStringList &args );
static KInstance* instance();

@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ ViewSettings* KomparePart::m_viewSettings = 0L;
DiffSettings* KomparePart::m_diffSettings = 0L;
KomparePart::KomparePart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) :
KParts::ReadWritePart(tqparent, name),
TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/ ) :
KParts::ReadWritePart(parent, name),
m_tempDiff( 0 ),
m_info()
{

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
* Default constructor
*/
KomparePart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/);
TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList & /*args*/);
/**
* Destructor

@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ using namespace Diff2;
KompareConnectWidgetFrame::KompareConnectWidgetFrame( KompareListView* left,
KompareListView* right,
ViewSettings* settings,
KompareSplitter* tqparent,
KompareSplitter* parent,
const char* name ) :
TQSplitterHandle(Qt::Horizontal, (TQSplitter *)tqparent, name),
TQSplitterHandle(Qt::Horizontal, (TQSplitter *)parent, name),
m_wid ( left, right, settings, this, name ),
m_label ( "", this ),
m_layout ( this )
@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ void KompareConnectWidgetFrame::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
}
KompareConnectWidget::KompareConnectWidget( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right,
ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name )
: TQWidget(tqparent, name),
ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
: TQWidget(parent, name),
m_settings( settings ),
m_leftView( left ),
m_rightView( right ),
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ KompareConnectWidget::KompareConnectWidget( KompareListView* left, KompareListVi
// connect( m_settings, TQT_SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotDelayedRepaint() ) );
setBackgroundMode( NoBackground );
tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Fixed, TQSizePolicy::Minimum ) );
setFocusProxy( tqparent->parentWidget() );
setFocusProxy( parent->parentWidget() );
}
KompareConnectWidget::~KompareConnectWidget()

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class KompareConnectWidget : public TQWidget
public:
KompareConnectWidget( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right,
ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name = 0 );
ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent, const char* name = 0 );
~KompareConnectWidget();
public slots:
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class KompareConnectWidgetFrame : public TQSplitterHandle
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareConnectWidgetFrame( KompareListView* left, KompareListView* right,
ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* tqparent, const char* name = 0 );
ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* parent, const char* name = 0 );
~KompareConnectWidgetFrame();
TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ public:
KompareConnectWidget* wid() { return &m_wid; }
protected:
// stop the tqparent TQSplitterHandle painting
// stop the parent TQSplitterHandle painting
void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent* /* e */ ) { }
void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * );

@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ using namespace Diff2;
KompareListViewFrame::KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource,
ViewSettings* settings,
KompareSplitter* tqparent,
KompareSplitter* parent,
const char* name ):
TQFrame ( tqparent, name ),
TQFrame ( parent, name ),
m_view ( isSource, settings, this, name ),
m_label ( isSource?"Source":"Dest", this ),
m_layout ( this )
@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ KompareListViewFrame::KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource,
m_layout.addWidget(&m_view);
connect( &m_view, TQT_SIGNAL(differenceClicked(const Diff2::Difference*)),
tqparent, TQT_SLOT(slotDifferenceClicked(const Diff2::Difference*)) );
parent, TQT_SLOT(slotDifferenceClicked(const Diff2::Difference*)) );
connect( tqparent, TQT_SIGNAL(scrollViewsToId(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(scrollToId(int)) );
connect( tqparent, TQT_SIGNAL(setXOffset(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(setXOffset(int)) );
connect( &m_view, TQT_SIGNAL(resized()), tqparent, TQT_SLOT(slotUpdateScrollBars()) );
connect( parent, TQT_SIGNAL(scrollViewsToId(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(scrollToId(int)) );
connect( parent, TQT_SIGNAL(setXOffset(int)), &m_view, TQT_SLOT(setXOffset(int)) );
connect( &m_view, TQT_SIGNAL(resized()), parent, TQT_SLOT(slotUpdateScrollBars()) );
}
void KompareListViewFrame::slotSetModel( const DiffModel* model )
@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ void KompareListViewFrame::slotSetModel( const DiffModel* model )
KompareListView::KompareListView( bool isSource,
ViewSettings* settings,
TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name ) :
KListView( tqparent, name ),
TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) :
KListView( parent, name ),
m_isSource( isSource ),
m_settings( settings ),
m_scrollId( -1 ),
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ KompareListView::KompareListView( bool isSource,
setFocusPolicy( TQ_NoFocus );
setFont( m_settings->m_font );
setSpaces( m_settings->m_tabToNumberOfSpaces );
setFocusProxy( tqparent->parentWidget() );
setFocusProxy( parent->parentWidget() );
}
KompareListView::~KompareListView()
@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ void KompareListView::setSpaces( int spaces )
void KompareListView::wheelEvent( TQWheelEvent* e )
{
e->ignore(); // we want the tqparent to catch wheel events
e->ignore(); // we want the parent to catch wheel events
}
void KompareListView::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* e )
@ -420,28 +420,28 @@ void KompareListView::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* e )
kdDebug() << "resizeEvent " << endl;
}
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent )
: TQListViewItem( tqparent ),
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent )
: TQListViewItem( parent ),
m_scrollId( 0 )
{
// kdDebug(8104) << "Created KompareListViewItem with scroll id " << m_scrollId << endl;
}
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after )
: TQListViewItem( tqparent, after ),
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after )
: TQListViewItem( parent, after ),
m_scrollId( after->scrollId() + after->maxHeight() )
{
// kdDebug(8104) << "Created KompareListViewItem with scroll id " << m_scrollId << endl;
}
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent )
: TQListViewItem( tqparent ),
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent )
: TQListViewItem( parent ),
m_scrollId( 0 )
{
}
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* /*after*/ )
: TQListViewItem( tqparent ),
KompareListViewItem::KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent, KompareListViewItem* /*after*/ )
: TQListViewItem( parent ),
m_scrollId( 0 )
{
}
@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ void KompareListViewItem::paintFocus( TQPainter* /* p */, const TQColorGroup& /*
// Don't paint anything
}
KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Difference* difference )
: KompareListViewItem( tqparent ),
KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, Difference* difference )
: KompareListViewItem( parent ),
m_difference( difference ),
m_sourceItem( 0L ),
m_destItem( 0L )
@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Dif
init();
}
KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, Difference* difference )
: KompareListViewItem( tqparent, after ),
KompareListViewDiffItem::KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, Difference* difference )
: KompareListViewItem( parent, after ),
m_difference( difference ),
m_sourceItem( 0L ),
m_destItem( 0L )
@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ void KompareListViewDiffItem::setSelected( bool b )
}
}
KompareListViewLineContainerItem::KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* tqparent, bool isSource )
: KompareListViewItem( tqparent ),
KompareListViewLineContainerItem::KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* parent, bool isSource )
: KompareListViewItem( parent ),
m_isSource( isSource )
{
// kdDebug(8104) << "isSource ? " << (isSource ? " Yes!" : " No!") << endl;
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ void KompareListViewLineContainerItem::setup()
KompareListViewDiffItem* KompareListViewLineContainerItem::diffItemParent() const
{
return (KompareListViewDiffItem*)tqparent();
return (KompareListViewDiffItem*)parent();
}
int KompareListViewLineContainerItem::lineCount() const
@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ DifferenceString* KompareListViewLineContainerItem::lineAt( int i ) const
diffItemParent()->difference()->destinationLineAt( i );
}
KompareListViewLineItem::KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent, int line, DifferenceString* text )
: KompareListViewItem( tqparent )
KompareListViewLineItem::KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent, int line, DifferenceString* text )
: KompareListViewItem( parent )
{
setText( COL_LINE_NO, TQString::number( line ) );
setText( COL_MAIN, text->string() );
@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ void KompareListViewLineItem::paintCell( TQPainter * p, const TQColorGroup & cg,
if ( diffItemParent()->isSelected() )
{
p->setPen( bg.dark(135) );
if ( this == tqparent()->firstChild() )
if ( this == parent()->firstChild() )
p->drawLine( 0, 0, width, 0 );
if ( nextSibling() == 0 )
p->drawLine( 0, height() - 1, width, height() - 1 );
@ -713,12 +713,12 @@ void KompareListViewLineItem::paintText( TQPainter* p, const TQColor& bg, int co
KompareListViewDiffItem* KompareListViewLineItem::diffItemParent() const
{
KompareListViewLineContainerItem* p = (KompareListViewLineContainerItem*)tqparent();
KompareListViewLineContainerItem* p = (KompareListViewLineContainerItem*)parent();
return p->diffItemParent();
}
KompareListViewBlankLineItem::KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent )
: KompareListViewLineItem( tqparent, 0, new DifferenceString() )
KompareListViewBlankLineItem::KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent )
: KompareListViewLineItem( parent, 0, new DifferenceString() )
{
}
@ -737,16 +737,16 @@ void KompareListViewBlankLineItem::paintText( TQPainter* p, const TQColor& bg, i
}
}
KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight )
: KompareListViewItem( tqparent ),
KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight )
: KompareListViewItem( parent ),
m_zeroHeight( zeroHeight ),
m_hunk( hunk )
{
setSelectable( false );
}
KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight )
: KompareListViewItem( tqparent, after ),
KompareListViewHunkItem::KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight )
: KompareListViewItem( parent, after ),
m_zeroHeight( zeroHeight ),
m_hunk( hunk )
{

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class KompareListView : public KListView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareListView( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent, const char* name = 0 );
KompareListView( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent, const char* name = 0 );
virtual ~KompareListView();
KompareListViewItem* itemAtIndex( int i );
@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class KompareListViewFrame : public TQFrame
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* tqparent, const char* name = 0 );
KompareListViewFrame( bool isSource, ViewSettings* settings, KompareSplitter* parent, const char* name = 0 );
virtual ~KompareListViewFrame() {};
KompareListView* view() { return &m_view; };
@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ private:
class KompareListViewItem : public TQListViewItem
{
public:
KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent );
KompareListViewItem( KompareListViewItem* parent, KompareListViewItem* after );
void paintFocus( TQPainter* p, const TQColorGroup& cg, const TQRect& r );
int scrollId() { return m_scrollId; };
@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ private:
class KompareListViewDiffItem : public KompareListViewItem
{
public:
KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Diff2::Difference* difference );
KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::Difference* difference );
KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, Diff2::Difference* difference );
KompareListViewDiffItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::Difference* difference );
void setup();
void setSelected( bool b );
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ private:
class KompareListViewLineContainerItem : public KompareListViewItem
{
public:
KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* tqparent, bool isSource );
KompareListViewLineContainerItem( KompareListViewDiffItem* parent, bool isSource );
void setup();
int maxHeight() { return 0; }
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ private:
class KompareListViewLineItem : public KompareListViewItem
{
public:
KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent, int line, Diff2::DifferenceString* text );
KompareListViewLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent, int line, Diff2::DifferenceString* text );
virtual void setup();
int maxHeight() { return 0; }
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ private:
class KompareListViewBlankLineItem : public KompareListViewLineItem
{
public:
KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* tqparent );
KompareListViewBlankLineItem( KompareListViewLineContainerItem* parent );
void setup();
@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ public:
class KompareListViewHunkItem : public KompareListViewItem
{
public:
KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight = false );
KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* tqparent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight= false );
KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight = false );
KompareListViewHunkItem( KompareListView* parent, KompareListViewItem* after, Diff2::DiffHunk* hunk, bool zeroHeight= false );
void setup();
void paintCell( TQPainter* p, const TQColorGroup& cg, int column, int width, int align );

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
#include "komparesaveoptionswidget.h"
KompareSaveOptionsWidget::KompareSaveOptionsWidget( TQString source, TQString destination,
DiffSettings * settings, TQWidget * tqparent )
: KompareSaveOptionsBase( tqparent, "save options" )
DiffSettings * settings, TQWidget * parent )
: KompareSaveOptionsBase( parent, "save options" )
, m_source( source )
, m_destination( destination )
{

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class KompareSaveOptionsWidget : public KompareSaveOptionsBase, public KompareFu
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareSaveOptionsWidget( TQString source, TQString destination, DiffSettings* settings, TQWidget* tqparent );
KompareSaveOptionsWidget( TQString source, TQString destination, DiffSettings* settings, TQWidget* parent );
~KompareSaveOptionsWidget();
void saveOptions();

@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
using namespace Diff2;
KompareSplitter::KompareSplitter( ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget * tqparent,
KompareSplitter::KompareSplitter( ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget * parent,
const char *name) :
TQSplitter(Qt::Horizontal, tqparent, name ),
TQSplitter(Qt::Horizontal, parent, name ),
m_settings( settings )
{
TQFrame *scrollFrame = new TQFrame( tqparent, "scrollFrame" );
TQFrame *scrollFrame = new TQFrame( parent, "scrollFrame" );
reparent( scrollFrame, *(new TQPoint()), false );
// Set up the scrollFrame

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ class KompareSplitter : public TQSplitter
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareSplitter(ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name = 0);
KompareSplitter(ViewSettings *settings, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name = 0);
~KompareSplitter();
signals:

@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
#include "kompareurldialog.h"
KompareURLDialog::KompareURLDialog( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: KDialogBase( IconList, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok, tqparent, name )
KompareURLDialog::KompareURLDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KDialogBase( IconList, "", Ok|Cancel, Ok, parent, name )
{
setIconListAllVisible(true);

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class KompareURLDialog : public KDialogBase
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareURLDialog( TQWidget* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KompareURLDialog( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KompareURLDialog();
KURL getFirstURL() const;

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
#include "diffpage.h"
DiffPage::DiffPage( TQWidget* tqparent ) : PageBase( tqparent ),
DiffPage::DiffPage( TQWidget* parent ) : PageBase( parent ),
m_ignoreRegExpDialog( 0 )
{
addDiffTab();

@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
#include "diffsettings.h"
DiffSettings::DiffSettings( TQWidget* tqparent )
: SettingsBase( tqparent ),
DiffSettings::DiffSettings( TQWidget* parent )
: SettingsBase( parent ),
m_linesOfContext( 0 ),
m_format( Kompare::Unified ),
m_largeFiles( false ),

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class DiffSettings : public SettingsBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
DiffSettings( TQWidget* tqparent );
DiffSettings( TQWidget* parent );
virtual ~DiffSettings();
public:
// some virtual functions that will be overloaded from the base class

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#include "filessettings.h"
#include "filespage.h"
FilesPage::FilesPage( TQWidget* tqparent ) : PageBase( tqparent ), m_URLChanged( false )
FilesPage::FilesPage( TQWidget* parent ) : PageBase( parent ), m_URLChanged( false )
{
TQWidget* page = new TQWidget( this );
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( page );

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class FilesPage : PageBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
FilesPage( TQWidget* tqparent );
FilesPage( TQWidget* parent );
virtual ~FilesPage();
public:

@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
#include "filessettings.h"
FilesSettings::FilesSettings( TQWidget* tqparent )
: SettingsBase( tqparent )
FilesSettings::FilesSettings( TQWidget* parent )
: SettingsBase( parent )
{
}

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class FilesSettings : public SettingsBase
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
FilesSettings( TQWidget* tqparent );
FilesSettings( TQWidget* parent );
virtual ~FilesSettings();
public:

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
#include "pagebase.h"
PageBase::PageBase( TQWidget* tqparent ) : KTabCtl( tqparent )
PageBase::PageBase( TQWidget* parent ) : KTabCtl( parent )
{
}

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
#include "settingsbase.h"
SettingsBase::SettingsBase( TQWidget* tqparent ) : TQObject( tqparent )
SettingsBase::SettingsBase( TQWidget* parent ) : TQObject( parent )
{
}

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class SettingsBase : public TQObject
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SettingsBase( TQWidget* tqparent );
SettingsBase( TQWidget* parent );
~SettingsBase();
public:

@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
#include "viewpage.h"
#include "viewsettings.h"
ViewPage::ViewPage( TQWidget* tqparent ) : PageBase( tqparent )
ViewPage::ViewPage( TQWidget* parent ) : PageBase( parent )
{
TQWidget* page;
TQVBoxLayout* tqlayout;

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ const TQColor ViewSettings::default_changeColor (237, 190, 190);
const TQColor ViewSettings::default_addColor (190, 190, 237);
const TQColor ViewSettings::default_appliedColor(237, 237, 190);
ViewSettings::ViewSettings( TQWidget* tqparent )
: SettingsBase( tqparent ),
ViewSettings::ViewSettings( TQWidget* parent )
: SettingsBase( parent ),
m_removeColor( 0, 0, 0 ),
m_changeColor( 0, 0, 0),
m_addColor( 0, 0, 0),

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public:
static const TQColor default_addColor;
static const TQColor default_appliedColor;
ViewSettings( TQWidget* tqparent );
ViewSettings( TQWidget* parent );
~ViewSettings();
public:
// some virtual functions that will be overloaded from the base class

@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
using namespace Diff2;
KompareModelList::KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* tqparent, const char* name )
: TQObject( tqparent, name ),
KompareModelList::KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* parent, const char* name )
: TQObject( parent, name ),
m_diffProcess( 0 ),
m_diffSettings( diffSettings ),
m_models( 0 ),
@ -60,32 +60,32 @@ KompareModelList::KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::
{
m_applyDifference = new KAction( i18n("&Apply Difference"), "1rightarrow", TQt::Key_Space,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionApplyDifference()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_apply" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_apply" );
m_unApplyDifference = new KAction( i18n("Un&apply Difference"), "1leftarrow", TQt::Key_BackSpace,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionUnApplyDifference()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapply" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapply" );
m_applyAll = new KAction( i18n("App&ly All"), "2rightarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_A,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionApplyAllDifferences()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_applyall" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_applyall" );
m_unapplyAll = new KAction( i18n("&Unapply All"), "2leftarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_U,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotActionUnapplyAllDifferences()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapplyall" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_unapplyall" );
m_previousFile = new KAction( i18n("P&revious File"), "2uparrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_PageUp,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotPreviousModel()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previousfile" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previousfile" );
m_nextFile = new KAction( i18n("N&ext File"), "2downarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_PageDown,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotNextModel()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_nextfile" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_nextfile" );
m_previousDifference = new KAction( i18n("&Previous Difference"), "1uparrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_Up,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotPreviousDifference()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previous" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_previous" );
m_nextDifference = new KAction( i18n("&Next Difference"), "1downarrow", TQt::CTRL + TQt::Key_Down,
this, TQT_SLOT(slotNextDifference()),
(( KomparePart* )tqparent)->actionCollection(), "difference_next" );
(( KomparePart* )parent)->actionCollection(), "difference_next" );
m_previousDifference->setEnabled( false );
m_nextDifference->setEnabled( false );
m_save = KStdAction::save( this, TQT_SLOT(slotSaveDestination()), ((KomparePart*)tqparent)->actionCollection() );
m_save = KStdAction::save( this, TQT_SLOT(slotSaveDestination()), ((KomparePart*)parent)->actionCollection() );
m_save->setEnabled( false );
updateModelListActions();
@ -361,21 +361,21 @@ bool KompareModelList::saveDestination( DiffModel* model )
kdDebug(8101) << "Tempfilename : " << temp->name() << endl;
kdDebug(8101) << "DestinationURL : " << destination << endl;
KIO::UDSEntry entry;
if ( !KIO::NetAccess::stat( KURL( destination ).path(), entry, (TQWidget*)tqparent() ) )
if ( !KIO::NetAccess::stat( KURL( destination ).path(), entry, (TQWidget*)parent() ) )
{
if ( !KIO::NetAccess::mkdir( KURL( destination ).path(), (TQWidget*)tqparent() ) )
if ( !KIO::NetAccess::mkdir( KURL( destination ).path(), (TQWidget*)parent() ) )
{
emit error( i18n( "<qt>Could not create destination directory <b>%1</b>.\nThe file has not been saved.</qt>" ) );
return false;
}
}
result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( destination ), (TQWidget*)tqparent() );
result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( destination ), (TQWidget*)parent() );
}
else
{
kdDebug(8101) << "Tempfilename : " << temp->name() << endl;
kdDebug(8101) << "DestinationURL : " << m_destination << endl;
result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( m_destination ), (TQWidget*)tqparent() );
result = KIO::NetAccess::upload( temp->name(), KURL( m_destination ), (TQWidget*)parent() );
}
if ( !result )
@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ void KompareModelList::slotWriteDiffOutput( bool success )
emit error( i18n( "Could not write to the temporary file." ) );
}
KIO::NetAccess::upload( m_diffTemp->name(), KURL( m_diffURL ), (TQWidget*)tqparent() );
KIO::NetAccess::upload( m_diffTemp->name(), KURL( m_diffURL ), (TQWidget*)parent() );
emit status( Kompare::FinishedWritingDiff );
}
@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ void KompareModelList::updateModelListActions()
{
if ( m_models && m_selectedModel && m_selectedDifference )
{
if ( ( ( KomparePart* )tqparent() )->isReadWrite() )
if ( ( ( KomparePart* )parent() )->isReadWrite() )
{
if ( m_selectedModel->appliedCount() != m_selectedModel->differenceCount() )
m_applyAll->setEnabled( true );

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class KompareModelList : public TQObject
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* tqparent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
KompareModelList( DiffSettings* diffSettings, struct Kompare::Info& info, TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
~KompareModelList();
public:

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#include "classinfoview.h"
ClassInfoView::ClassInfoView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name)
ClassInfoView::ClassInfoView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name)
{
addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) );
addColumn( i18n( "Value" ) );

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class ClassInfoView : public KListView {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ClassInfoView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
ClassInfoView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~ClassInfoView();
void buildList( TQObject *o );

@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#include "navview.h"
#include "navviewitem.h"
NavView::NavView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name)
NavView::NavView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name)
{
addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) );
addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) );
@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ void NavView::selectItem( TQListViewItem *item )
emit selected( navItem->data );
}
void NavView::createSubTree( NavViewItem *tqparent )
void NavView::createSubTree( NavViewItem *parent )
{
const TQObjectList kids = tqparent->data->childrenListObject();
const TQObjectList kids = parent->data->childrenListObject();
if ( kids.isEmpty() )
return;
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void NavView::createSubTree( NavViewItem *tqparent )
TQObjectListIt it( kids );
while ( (obj=it.current()) != 0 ) {
++it;
NavViewItem *item = new NavViewItem( tqparent, obj );
NavViewItem *item = new NavViewItem( parent, obj );
createSubTree( item );
}
}

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class NavView : public KListView
TQ_OBJECT
public:
NavView( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
NavView( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
~NavView();
/**

@ -20,15 +20,15 @@
#include "navview.h"
#include "navviewitem.h"
NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavView *tqparent, TQObject *obj )
: KListViewItem(tqparent, obj->name(), obj->className() )
NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavView *parent, TQObject *obj )
: KListViewItem(parent, obj->name(), obj->className() )
{
data = obj;
setExpandable( true );
}
NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavViewItem *tqparent, TQObject *obj )
: KListViewItem(tqparent, obj->name(), obj->className() )
NavViewItem::NavViewItem(NavViewItem *parent, TQObject *obj )
: KListViewItem(parent, obj->name(), obj->className() )
{
data = obj;
setExpandable( true );

@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ class NavView;
class NavViewItem : public KListViewItem {
public:
NavViewItem(NavView *tqparent, TQObject *item );
NavViewItem(NavViewItem *tqparent, TQObject *item );
NavViewItem(NavView *parent, TQObject *item );
NavViewItem(NavViewItem *parent, TQObject *item );
~NavViewItem();
TQObject *data;

@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
class KSpyItem : KListViewItem
{
public:
KSpyItem( TQListView * tqparent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString(), TQString label3 = TQString(), TQString label4 = TQString(), TQString label5 = TQString(), TQString label6 = TQString() )
: KListViewItem(tqparent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6)
KSpyItem( TQListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString(), TQString label3 = TQString(), TQString label4 = TQString(), TQString label5 = TQString(), TQString label6 = TQString() )
: KListViewItem(parent, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6)
{
}
protected:
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ protected:
}
};
PropsView::PropsView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name)
PropsView::PropsView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name)
{
addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) );
addColumn( i18n( "Value" ) );

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class PropsView : public KListView {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
PropsView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
PropsView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~PropsView();
void buildList( TQObject *o );

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public:
TQConnectionList *public_tqreceivers(int signal) const { return tqreceivers(signal); }
};
ReceiversView::ReceiversView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name)
ReceiversView::ReceiversView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name)
{
addColumn( i18n( "Object" ) );
addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) );

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class ReceiversView : public KListView {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
ReceiversView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
ReceiversView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~ReceiversView();
void buildList( TQObject *o );

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#include "sigslotview.h"
SigSlotView::SigSlotView(TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) : KListView(tqparent,name)
SigSlotView::SigSlotView(TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KListView(parent,name)
{
addColumn( i18n( "Signals/Slots" ) );

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class SigSlotView : public KListView {
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
SigSlotView(TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
SigSlotView(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~SigSlotView();
void buildList( TQObject *o );

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ extern "C"
}
}
Spy::Spy( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: TQWidget( tqparent, name )
Spy::Spy( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: TQWidget( parent, name )
{
TQVBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 11, 6 );

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class Spy : public TQWidget
TQ_OBJECT
public:
Spy( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
Spy( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
~Spy();
void setTarget( TQWidget *target );

@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ typedef KParts::GenericFactory<KUIViewerPart> KUIViewerPartFactory;
K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( libkuiviewerpart, KUIViewerPartFactory )
KUIViewerPart::KUIViewerPart( TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name,
TQObject *parent, const char *name,
const TQStringList & /*args*/ )
: KParts::ReadOnlyPart(tqparent, name)
: KParts::ReadOnlyPart(parent, name)
{
// we need an instance
setInstance( KUIViewerPartFactory::instance() );

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ public:
* Default constructor
*/
KUIViewerPart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName,
TQObject *tqparent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args);
TQObject *parent, const char *name, const TQStringList &args);
/**
* Destructor

@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest
RunnerGUI *m_rg;
};
RunnerGUI::RunnerGUI(TQWidget *tqparent) : TQHBox(tqparent)
RunnerGUI::RunnerGUI(TQWidget *parent) : TQHBox(parent)
{
m_dcop = new RunnerGUIDCOPImpl(this);
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest
TQListViewItem *RunnerGUI::getItem(const TQString &name, TQListViewItem *item /*= 0L*/)
{
TQListViewItem *tqparent = item;
TQListViewItem *parent = item;
if ( item == 0L ) item = m_testerWidget->resultList()->firstChild();
else item = item->firstChild();
@ -233,10 +233,10 @@ namespace KUnitTest
// item not found, create it
if ( item == 0L )
{
if ( tqparent == 0L )
if ( parent == 0L )
item = new TQListViewItem(m_testerWidget->resultList());
else
item = new TQListViewItem(tqparent);
item = new TQListViewItem(parent);
item->setText(g_nameColumn, name);
}
@ -288,13 +288,13 @@ namespace KUnitTest
bool passed = (item->text(g_failedColumn).toInt(&ok) + item->text(g_xfailedColumn).toInt(&ok)) == 0;
item->setPixmap(g_nameColumn, passed ? SmallIcon("button_ok") : SmallIcon("button_cancel") );
setSummary(item->tqparent(), res);
setSummary(item->parent(), res);
}
TQString RunnerGUI::fullName(TQListViewItem *item)
{
TQString name = item->text(g_nameColumn);
while ( (item = item->tqparent()) != 0L )
while ( (item = item->parent()) != 0L )
name = item->text(g_nameColumn) + "::" + name;
return name;
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest
if ( item == 0L ) return;
TQString name = fullName(item);
if ( name.endsWith("()") ) name = fullName(item->tqparent());
if ( name.endsWith("()") ) name = fullName(item->parent());
Tester *tester = Runner::self()->registry().find(name.local8Bit());

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ namespace KUnitTest
TQ_OBJECT
public:
RunnerGUI(TQWidget *tqparent);
RunnerGUI(TQWidget *parent);
~RunnerGUI();
private slots:

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ public:
void discard(int ttype);
void discard(const BitSet& tqmask);
void discard(const BitSet& mask);
RefToken nextToken();
};

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
void hide(int m);
void hide(const BitSet& tqmask);
void hide(const BitSet& mask);
protected:
RefToken LA(int i);

@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ void TokenStreamBasicFilter::discard(int ttype)
discardMask.add(ttype);
}
void TokenStreamBasicFilter::discard(const BitSet& tqmask)
void TokenStreamBasicFilter::discard(const BitSet& mask)
{
discardMask = tqmask;
discardMask = mask;
}
RefToken TokenStreamBasicFilter::nextToken()

@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ void TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::hide(int m)
hideMask.add(m);
}
void TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::hide(const BitSet& tqmask)
void TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::hide(const BitSet& mask)
{
hideMask = tqmask;
hideMask = mask;
}
RefToken TokenStreamHiddenTokenFilter::LA(int i)

@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ void StyleCheckStyle::drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe,
}
// RADIOBUTTON (exclusive indicator) tqmask
// RADIOBUTTON (exclusive indicator) mask
// -------------------------------------------------------------------
case PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask: {
if (maskBmp.isNull()) {
@ -2330,21 +2330,21 @@ void StyleCheckStyle::tqdrawComplexControl( ComplexControl control,
TQPixmap pixmap = *(toolbutton->parentWidget()->backgroundPixmap());
p->drawTiledPixmap( r, pixmap, toolbutton->pos() );
}
else if (widget->tqparent())
else if (widget->parent())
{
if (widget->tqparent()->inherits(TQTOOLBAR_OBJECT_NAME_STRING))
if (widget->parent()->inherits(TQTOOLBAR_OBJECT_NAME_STRING))
{
TQToolBar* tqparent = (TQToolBar*)widget->tqparent();
TQRect pr = tqparent->rect();
TQToolBar* parent = (TQToolBar*)widget->parent();
TQRect pr = parent->rect();
renderGradient( p, r, cg.button(),
tqparent->orientation() == Qt::Vertical,
parent->orientation() == Qt::Vertical,
r.x(), r.y(), pr.width()-2, pr.height()-2);
}
else if (widget->tqparent()->inherits("TQToolBarExtensionWidget"))
else if (widget->parent()->inherits("TQToolBarExtensionWidget"))
{
TQWidget* tqparent = (TQWidget*)widget->tqparent();
TQToolBar* toolbar = (TQToolBar*)tqparent->tqparent();
TQWidget* parent = (TQWidget*)widget->parent();
TQToolBar* toolbar = (TQToolBar*)parent->parent();
TQRect tr = toolbar->rect();
if ( toolbar->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) {
@ -2682,14 +2682,14 @@ bool StyleCheckStyle::eventFilter( TQObject *object, TQEvent *event )
bool nestedGroupBox = false;
TQString stripped_title = removedXX(stripAccelViolations(gb->title()));
//Walk tqparent hierarchy to check whether any are groupboxes too..
TQObject* tqparent = TQT_TQOBJECT(gb);
//Walk parent hierarchy to check whether any are groupboxes too..
TQObject* parent = TQT_TQOBJECT(gb);
// GCC suggested parentheses around assignment used as truth value
// I suggested that it could eat me. GCC won.
while ( (tqparent = tqparent->tqparent()) )
while ( (parent = parent->parent()) )
{
if (tqparent->inherits(TQGROUPBOX_OBJECT_NAME_STRING))
if (parent->inherits(TQGROUPBOX_OBJECT_NAME_STRING))
{
nestedGroupBox = true;
break;

@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ sub fix_captions($)
}
}
# Find a .qt_minversion in $dir or any tqparent directory.
# Find a .qt_minversion in $dir or any parent directory.
sub read_required_version($)
{
my $dir = Cwd::abs_path( shift @_ );

@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ define _qmapiterator_inc
set $ret = $ret->left
end
else
set $y = $ret->tqparent
set $y = $ret->parent
while $ret == $y->right
set $ret = $y
set $y = $y->tqparent
set $y = $y->parent
end
if $ret->right != $y
set $ret = $y

@ -96,18 +96,18 @@ The FILE-NAME specifies the file name to search for."
(setq dir-name (expand-file-name dir-name))
;; Move up in the dir hierarchy till we find a change log file.
(let ((file1 (concat dir-name file-name))
tqparent-dir)
parent-dir)
(while (and (not (file-exists-p file1))
(progn (setq tqparent-dir
(progn (setq parent-dir
(file-name-directory
(directory-file-name
(file-name-directory file1))))
;; Give up if we are already at the root dir.
(not (string= (file-name-directory file1)
tqparent-dir))))
;; Move up to the tqparent dir and try again.
(setq file1 (expand-file-name file-name tqparent-dir)))
;; If we found the file in a tqparent dir, use that. Otherwise,
parent-dir))))
;; Move up to the parent dir and try again.
(setq file1 (expand-file-name file-name parent-dir)))
;; If we found the file in a parent dir, use that. Otherwise,
;; return nil
(if (or (get-file-buffer file1) (file-exists-p file1))
file1

@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Otherwise treat `\\' in NEWTEXT as special:
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap 'read-shell-command-map)))
(if (eq kde-emacs-type 'xemacs)
(set-keymap-parents map (list minibuffer-local-map))
(set-keymap-tqparent map minibuffer-local-map))
(set-keymap-parent map minibuffer-local-map))
(define-key map "\t" 'comint-dynamic-complete)
(define-key map "\M-\t" 'comint-dynamic-complete)
(define-key map "\M-?" 'comint-dynamic-list-completions)

@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ token and TOKENS have to be a list of functions from buffer."
(equal (semantic-token-type FUNC)
(semantic-token-type elt))
;; FIXME (semantic) : Functions in some classes don't have the
;; 'tqparent property set !!!
;;(string= (semantic-token-function-tqparent FUNC1)
;; (semantic-token-function-tqparent FUNC2))
;; 'parent property set !!!
;;(string= (semantic-token-function-parent FUNC1)
;; (semantic-token-function-parent FUNC2))
(string= (kde-format-args (semantic-token-function-args FUNC))
(kde-format-args (semantic-token-function-args elt))))
(setq ret t))
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ would return t"
))
(defun kde-function-construct (token pclass)
"Constructs a function string from the TOKEN, with the tqparent class PCLASS."
"Constructs a function string from the TOKEN, with the parent class PCLASS."
(let ((fname (semantic-token-name token)))
(if (semantic-token-function-destructor token)
(setq fname (concat "~" fname))
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ would return t"
class-token has to be a token representing either a class or a struct."
(let ((ret "")
(name (semantic-token-name class-token))
(parents (semantic-token-type-tqparent class-token))
(parents (semantic-token-type-parent class-token))
(parts (semantic-token-type-parts class-token))
(cur-token)
(cur-token-name)
@ -432,13 +432,13 @@ in the current header file."
(func (kde-function-at-point PT))
(file)
(buf)
(tqparent))
(parent))
(if (and object (equal (semantic-token-type object) "class"))
(setq tqparent (semantic-token-name object)))
(setq parent (semantic-token-name object)))
(if (and (not (kde-function-expanded-at-point PT))
(kde-is-prototype func))
(progn
(setq func (kde-function-construct func tqparent))
(setq func (kde-function-construct func parent))
(setq file (car (kde-file-get-cpp-h)))
(setq buf (current-buffer))
(find-file file)

@ -451,11 +451,11 @@ This function does not do any hidden buffer changes."
(n (progn
(insert " ")
(self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg))
(insert kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string)
(insert kde-emacs-after-parent-string)
))
(t ;else
(self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg))
(cond ((not except) (insert kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string)))
(cond ((not except) (insert kde-emacs-after-parent-string)))
)))
(self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
)
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ This function does not do any hidden buffer changes."
(t ;else
(if abbrev-mode ; XEmacs
(expand-abbrev))
(insert kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string)
(insert kde-emacs-after-parent-string)
(self-insert-command (prefix-numeric-value arg))
))) ; normal case, prepend a space
;;(blink-matching-open) ; show the matching parens

@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ file named /home/domi/src/kdenonbeta/kig/misc/newtype.h"
:group 'kde-devel
:type 'integer)
(defcustom kde-emacs-after-tqparent-string " "
(defcustom kde-emacs-after-parent-string " "
"Set this to whatever you want to have inserted after the first parenthesis. Works only if
magic-keys-mode is set to true. "
:group 'kde-devel

@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ sub safe_system(@)
return 0; # Return true
}
# Helper subroutine to create a directory, including any tqparent
# Helper subroutine to create a directory, including any parent
# directories that may also need created.
# Returns 0 on failure, non-zero on success
sub super_mkdir

@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Lutz Mueller <lutz.mueller @gmx.de>
Heiko Nardmann <heiko.nardmann @onlinehome.de>
Dimitri Ognibene <ognibened @yahoo.it>
Michael Palomas <mpalomas @gmail.com>
Anthony Parent <anthony.tqparent @intel.com>
Anthony Parent <anthony.parent @intel.com>
Carsten Pfeiffer <pfeiffer @kde.org>
Ivan Porres <iporres @abo.fi>
Maciej Puzio <maciek @work.swmed.edu>

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public:
/**
* Creates a Activity widget.
*
* @param view The tqparent of the widget.
* @param view The parent of the widget.
* @param activityType The type of activity.
* @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.)
*/

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructs an ActorWidget.
*
* @param view The tqparent of this ActorWidget.
* @param view The parent of this ActorWidget.
* @param o The Actor class this ActorWidget will display.
*/
ActorWidget(UMLView * view, UMLActor *o);
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public:
/**
* Saves the widget to the "actorwidget" XMI element.
* Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited tqparent method is used.
* Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited parent method is used.
*/
void saveToXMI( TQDomDocument & qDoc, TQDomElement & qElement );

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public:
/**
* Creates a bar with tools for tqalignment.
*
* @param parentWindow The tqparent of the toolbar.
* @param parentWindow The parent of the toolbar.
* @param name The name of the toolbar.
*/
AlignToolBar(TQMainWindow* parentWindow, const char* name);

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructs a ArtifactWidget.
*
* @param view The tqparent of this ArtifactWidget.
* @param view The parent of this ArtifactWidget.
* @param a The Artifact this widget will be representing.
*/
ArtifactWidget(UMLView *view, UMLArtifact *a);
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public:
/**
* Saves the widget to the "artifactwidget" XMI element.
* Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited tqparent method is used.
* Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited parent method is used.
*/
void saveToXMI(TQDomDocument& qDoc, TQDomElement& qElement);

@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void UMLAssociation::saveToXMI( TQDomDocument & qDoc, TQDomElement & qElement )
TQDomElement assocElement = UMLObject::save("UML:Generalization", qDoc);
assocElement.setAttribute( "discriminator", "" );
assocElement.setAttribute( "child", ID2STR(getObjectId(A)) );
assocElement.setAttribute( "tqparent", ID2STR(getObjectId(B)) );
assocElement.setAttribute( "parent", ID2STR(getObjectId(B)) );
qElement.appendChild( assocElement );
return;
}
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ bool UMLAssociation::load( TQDomElement & element ) {
m_AssocType == Uml::at_Dependency) {
for (unsigned r = Uml::A; r <= Uml::B; r++) {
const TQString fetch = (m_AssocType == Uml::at_Generalization ?
r == Uml::A ? "child" : "tqparent"
r == Uml::A ? "child" : "parent"
: r == Uml::A ? "client" : "supplier");
TQString roleIdStr = element.attribute(fetch, "");
if (roleIdStr.isEmpty()) {
@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ bool UMLAssociation::load( TQDomElement & element ) {
continue;
// Permitted tag names:
// roleA: "child" "subtype" "client"
// roleB: "tqparent" "supertype" "supplier"
// roleB: "parent" "supertype" "supplier"
TQString idStr = tempElement.attribute( "xmi.id", "" );
if (idStr.isEmpty())
idStr = tempElement.attribute( "xmi.idref", "" );
@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ bool UMLAssociation::load( TQDomElement & element ) {
// In the old days, we could just record this on the association,
// and be done with it. But thats not how the UML13.dtd does things.
// As a result, we are checking roleA for information about the
// tqparent association (!) which by this point in the parse, should
// parent association (!) which by this point in the parse, should
// be set. However, the information that the roles are allowed to have
// is not complete, so we need to finish the analysis here.

@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ protected:
*/
bool load(TQDomElement& element);
// keep track of number of tqparent widgets
// keep track of number of parent widgets
int nrof_parent_widgets;
/**

@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ void AssociationWidget::setUMLAssociation (UMLAssociation * assoc)
umla->nrof_parent_widgets--;
// we are the last "owner" of this association, so delete it
// from the tqparent UMLDoc, and as a stand-alone
// from the parent UMLDoc, and as a stand-alone
//DISCUSS: Should we really do this?
// It implies that an association's existence is ONLY
// governed by its existence on at least one diagram.
@ -785,16 +785,16 @@ void AssociationWidget::setUMLAssociation (UMLAssociation * assoc)
// relies on (at least the way it's implemented now)
// ANSWER: yes, we *should* do this.
// This only implies that IF an association once 'belonged'
// to one or more tqparent associationwidgets, then it must 'die' when the
// last widget does. UMLAssociations which never had a tqparent
// to one or more parent associationwidgets, then it must 'die' when the
// last widget does. UMLAssociations which never had a parent
// in the first place wont be affected by this code, and can happily
// live on without a tqparent.
// live on without a parent.
//DISCUSS: Sorry Brian, but this breaks cut/paste.
// In particular, cut/paste means that the UMLAssociation _does_
// have the assocwidget tqparent - the only means of doing a cut/paste
// have the assocwidget parent - the only means of doing a cut/paste
// on the diagram is via the widgets. I.e. in practice there is no
// such thing as an "orphan" UMLAssociation.
// BTW, IMHO the concept of a widget being the tqparent of a UML object
// BTW, IMHO the concept of a widget being the parent of a UML object
// is fundamentally flawed. Widgets are pure presentation - they can
// come and go at a whim. If at all, the widgets could be considered
// tqchildren of the corresponding UML object.
@ -3121,14 +3121,14 @@ void AssociationWidget::setUMLObject(UMLObject *obj) {
setOperation(dynamic_cast<UMLOperation *>(obj));
break;
case Uml::ot_Attribute:
klass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(obj->tqparent());
klass = static_cast<UMLClassifier*>(obj->parent());
connect(klass, TQT_SIGNAL(attributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*)),
this, TQT_SLOT(slotAttributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*)));
attr = static_cast<UMLAttribute*>(obj);
connect(attr, TQT_SIGNAL(attributeChanged()), this, TQT_SLOT(slotAttributeChanged()));
break;
case Uml::ot_EntityAttribute:
ent = static_cast<UMLEntity*>(obj->tqparent());
ent = static_cast<UMLEntity*>(obj->parent());
connect(ent, TQT_SIGNAL(entityAttributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*)),
this, TQT_SLOT(slotAttributeRemoved(UMLClassifierListItem*)));
break;

@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor.
*
* @param view The tqparent view of this widget.
* @param view The parent view of this widget.
*/
AssociationWidget(UMLView *view);
/**
* Constructor.
*
* @param view The tqparent view of this widget.
* @param view The parent view of this widget.
* @param WidgetA Pointer to the role A widget for the association.
* @param Type The Association_Type for this association.
* @param WidgetB Pointer to the role B widget for the association.

@ -23,11 +23,11 @@
#include "dialogs/umlattributedialog.h"
#include "object_factory.h"
UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute( const UMLObject *tqparent,
UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute( const UMLObject *parent,
const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id,
Uml::Visibility s,
UMLObject *type, const TQString& iv )
: UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent, name, id) {
: UMLClassifierListItem(parent, name, id) {
m_InitialValue = iv;
m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Attribute;
m_Vis = s;
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute( const UMLObject *tqparent,
m_pSecondary = type;
}
UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent) : UMLClassifierListItem(tqparent) {
UMLAttribute::UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *parent) : UMLClassifierListItem(parent) {
m_BaseType = Uml::ot_Attribute;
m_Vis = Uml::Visibility::Private;
m_ParmKind = Uml::pd_In;
@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ TQString UMLAttribute::toString(Uml::Signature_Type sig) {
if(sig == Uml::st_ShowSig || sig == Uml::st_SigNoVis) {
// Determine whether the type name needs to be scoped.
UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent());
UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(parent());
if (owningObject->getBaseType() == Uml::ot_Operation) {
// The immediate tqparent() is the UMLOperation but we want
// The immediate parent() is the UMLOperation but we want
// the UMLClassifier:
owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->tqparent());
owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->parent());
}
UMLClassifier *ownParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(owningObject);
if (ownParent == NULL) {
kError() << "UMLAttribute::toString: tqparent "
kError() << "UMLAttribute::toString: parent "
<< owningObject->getName()
<< " is not a UMLClassifier" << endl;
return "";
@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ TQString UMLAttribute::toString(Uml::Signature_Type sig) {
TQString UMLAttribute::getFullyQualifiedName( const TQString& separator,
bool includeRoot /* = false */) const {
UMLOperation *op = NULL;
UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent());
UMLObject *owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(parent());
if (owningObject->getBaseType() == Uml::ot_Operation) {
op = static_cast<UMLOperation*>(owningObject);
owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->tqparent());
owningObject = static_cast<UMLObject*>(owningObject->parent());
}
UMLClassifier *ownParent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(owningObject);
if (ownParent == NULL) {
kError() << "UMLAttribute::getFullyQualifiedName(" << m_Name
<< "): tqparent " << owningObject->getName()
<< "): parent " << owningObject->getName()
<< " is not a UMLClassifier" << endl;
return "";
}
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ bool UMLAttribute::operator==( UMLAttribute &rhs) {
void UMLAttribute::copyInto(UMLAttribute *rhs) const
{
// call the tqparent first.
// call the parent first.
UMLClassifierListItem::copyInto(rhs);
// Copy all datamembers
@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ void UMLAttribute::copyInto(UMLAttribute *rhs) const
UMLObject* UMLAttribute::clone() const
{
//FIXME: The new attribute should be slaved to the NEW tqparent not the old.
UMLAttribute *clone = new UMLAttribute( static_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent()) );
//FIXME: The new attribute should be slaved to the NEW parent not the old.
UMLAttribute *clone = new UMLAttribute( static_cast<UMLObject*>(parent()) );
copyInto(clone);
return clone;
@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ bool UMLAttribute::load( TQDomElement & element ) {
return true;
}
bool UMLAttribute::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) {
UMLAttributeDialog dialog(tqparent, this);
bool UMLAttribute::showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) {
UMLAttributeDialog dialog(parent, this);
return dialog.exec();
}

@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ public:
/**
* Sets up an attribute.
*
* @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLAttribute.
* @param parent The parent of this UMLAttribute.
* @param name The name of this UMLAttribute.
* @param id The unique id given to this UMLAttribute.
* @param s The visibility of the UMLAttribute.
* @param type The type of this UMLAttribute.
* @param iv The initial value of the attribute.
*/
UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent, const TQString& name,
UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *parent, const TQString& name,
Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None,
Uml::Visibility s = Uml::Visibility::Private,
UMLObject *type = 0, const TQString& iv = 0);
@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ public:
/**
* Sets up an attribute.
*
* @param tqparent The tqparent of this UMLAttribute.
* @param parent The parent of this UMLAttribute.
*/
UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *tqparent);
UMLAttribute(const UMLObject *parent);
/**
* Overloaded '==' operator
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ public:
/**
* Display the properties configuration dialog for the attribute.
*/
virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent);
virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent);
void setParmKind (Uml::Parameter_Direction pk);
Uml::Parameter_Direction getParmKind () const;

@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
#include <kdebug.h>
AutolayoutDlg::AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v,TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name)
:MyDialog1(tqparent, name)
AutolayoutDlg::AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v,TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
:MyDialog1(parent, name)
{
view=v;
readConfig(c);

@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ class AutolayoutDlg : public MyDialog1
Q_OBJECT
TQ_OBJECT
public:
AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v, TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0);
AutolayoutDlg(KConfig* c,UMLView* v, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
public slots:
virtual void slotSetAssociationWeight(int i);
virtual void slotSetDependenciesWeight(int i);

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructs a BoxWidget.
*
* @param view The tqparent to this widget.
* @param view The parent to this widget.
* @param id The ID to assign (-1 will prompt a new ID.)
*/
explicit BoxWidget(UMLView * view, Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None);
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public:
/**
* Saves the widget to the "boxwidget" XMI element.
* Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited tqparent method is used.
* Note: For loading from XMI, the inherited parent method is used.
*/
void saveToXMI(TQDomDocument& qDoc, TQDomElement& qElement);
};

@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ UMLAttribute* UMLClassifier::addAttribute(const TQString &name, UMLObject *type,
bool UMLClassifier::addAttribute(UMLAttribute* att, IDChangeLog* Log /* = 0 */,
int position /* = -1 */) {
if (findChildObject(att->getName()) == NULL) {
att->tqparent()->removeChild( att );
att->parent()->removeChild( att );
this->insertChild( att );
if (position >= 0 && position < (int)m_List.count())
m_List.insert(position, att);
@ -636,10 +636,10 @@ UMLOperationList UMLClassifier::getOpList(bool includeInherited) {
for (UMLClassifierListIt pit(parents); (c = pit.current()) != NULL; ++pit) {
if (c == this) {
kError() << "UMLClassifier::getOpList: class " << c->getName()
<< " is tqparent of itself ?!?" << endl;
<< " is parent of itself ?!?" << endl;
continue;
}
// get operations for each tqparent by recursive call
// get operations for each parent by recursive call
UMLOperationList pops = c->getOpList(true);
// add these operations to operation list, but only if unique.
for (UMLOperation *po = pops.first(); po; po = pops.next()) {
@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ UMLTemplate* UMLClassifier::addTemplate(const TQString &name, Uml::IDType id) {
bool UMLClassifier::addTemplate(UMLTemplate* newTemplate, IDChangeLog* log /* = 0*/) {
TQString name = newTemplate->getName();
if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) {
newTemplate->tqparent()->removeChild(newTemplate);
newTemplate->parent()->removeChild(newTemplate);
this->insertChild(newTemplate);
m_List.append(newTemplate);
emit templateAdded(newTemplate);
@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ bool UMLClassifier::addTemplate(UMLTemplate* Template, int position)
{
TQString name = Template->getName();
if (findChildObject(name) == NULL) {
Template->tqparent()->removeChild(Template);
Template->parent()->removeChild(Template);
this->insertChild(Template);
if( position >= 0 && position <= (int)m_List.count() )
m_List.insert(position,Template);

@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ public:
* no new method is created and the existing operation is returned.
* If no name is provided, or if the params are NULL, an Operation
* Dialog is shown to ask the user for a name and parameters.
* The operation's signature is checked for validity within the tqparent
* The operation's signature is checked for validity within the parent
* classifier.
*
* @param name The operation name (will be chosen internally if
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ public:
/**
* Needs to be called after all UML objects are loaded from file.
* Calls the tqparent resolveRef(), and calls resolveRef() on all
* Calls the parent resolveRef(), and calls resolveRef() on all
* UMLClassifierListItems.
* Overrides the method from UMLObject.
*

@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
// Constructors/Destructors
//
ClassifierCodeDocument::ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * tqparent )
ClassifierCodeDocument::ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * parent )
{
init (tqparent);
init (parent);
}
ClassifierCodeDocument::~ClassifierCodeDocument ( )
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::addCodeClassFieldMethods(CodeClassFieldList &list )
// add declaration blocks for the passed classfields
void ClassifierCodeDocument::declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list ,
CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * tqparent )
CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * parent )
{
for (CodeClassFieldListIt ccflit(list); ccflit.current(); ++ccflit)
@ -356,18 +356,18 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list ,
// if it has a tag, check
if(!declBlock->getTag().isEmpty())
{
// In C++, because we may shift the declaration to a different tqparent
// In C++, because we may shift the declaration to a different parent
// block for a change in scope, we need to track down any pre-existing
// location, and remove FIRST before adding to new tqparent
// location, and remove FIRST before adding to new parent
CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * oldParent = findParentObjectForTaggedTextBlock (declBlock->getTag());
if(oldParent) {
if(oldParent != tqparent)
if(oldParent != parent)
oldParent->removeTextBlock(declBlock);
}
}
*/
tqparent->addTextBlock(declBlock); // wont add it IF its already present. Will give it a tag if missing
parent->addTextBlock(declBlock); // wont add it IF its already present. Will give it a tag if missing
}
}
@ -573,8 +573,8 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::addAssociationClassField (UMLAssociation * a, bool
void ClassifierCodeDocument::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem )
{
// NOTE: we DON'T set the tqparent here as we ONLY get to this point
// IF the tqparent codegenerator could find a matching tqparent classifier
// NOTE: we DON'T set the parent here as we ONLY get to this point
// IF the parent codegenerator could find a matching parent classifier
// that already has a code document.
// We FIRST set code class field stuff..check re-linnking with
@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & elem )
}
// look at all classfields currently in document.. match up
// by tqparent object ID and Role ID (needed for self-association CF's)
// by parent object ID and Role ID (needed for self-association CF's)
CodeClassField *
ClassifierCodeDocument::findCodeClassFieldFromParentID (Uml::IDType id,
int role_id)
@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ClassifierCodeDocument::findCodeClassFieldFromParentID (Uml::IDType id,
}
// shouldn't happen..
kError() << "Failed to find codeclassfield for tqparent uml id:"
kError() << "Failed to find codeclassfield for parent uml id:"
<< ID2STR(id) << " (role id:" << role_id
<< ") Do you have a corrupt classifier code document?"
<< endl;
@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ void ClassifierCodeDocument::loadClassFieldsFromXMI( TQDomElement & elem) {
CodeClassField * cf = findCodeClassFieldFromParentID(STR2ID(id), role_id);
if(cf)
{
// Because we just may change the tqparent object here,
// Because we just may change the parent object here,
// we need to yank it from the map of umlobjects
m_classFieldMap.remove(cf->getParentObject());

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public:
/**
* Empty Constructor
*/
ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * tqparent );
ClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * parent );
/**
* Empty Destructor
@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ public:
// some Utility methods
/**
* Return if the tqparent classifier is an interface
* Return if the parent classifier is an interface
*/
bool parentIsInterface();
/**
* Return if the tqparent classifier is a class
* Return if the parent classifier is a class
*/
bool parentIsClass();
@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ public:
*/
CodeClassFieldList getSpecificClassFields (CodeClassField::ClassFieldType cfType, bool isStatic, Uml::Visibility visibility);
/** Using the tqparent object's UML ID, find the corresponding
/** Using the parent object's UML ID, find the corresponding
* codeclassfield object in this classifiercodedocument. Returns
* NULL if no such codeclassfield object exists in this document.
*
* @param id ID of the tqparent object
* @param id ID of the parent object
* @param role_id 0 for role A of the asssociation
* 1 for role B of the asssociation
* -1 if this is an attribute.
@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ protected:
TextBlock * findCodeClassFieldTextBlockByTag (const TQString &tag);
// add the declaration text blocks for various classfields
void declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list , CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * tqparent);
void declareClassFields (CodeClassFieldList & list , CodeGenObjectWithTextBlocks * parent);
virtual void updateContent( ) = 0;
// force syncronization of child classfields to their tqparent objects
// force syncronization of child classfields to their parent objects
void syncClassFields( );
// IF the classifier object is modified, this will get called.
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ private:
// based on UMLRoles (e.g. derived from associations with other classifiers).
void updateAssociationClassFields ( UMLAssociationList &assocList );
// update code operations in this document using the tqparent classifier
// update code operations in this document using the parent classifier
void updateOperations( );
/**
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ private:
public slots:
/**
* Synchronize this document to the attributes/associations of the tqparent classifier.
* Synchronize this document to the attributes/associations of the parent classifier.
*/
void addAttributeClassField(UMLClassifierListItem *at, bool syncToParentIfAdded = true);
void addAssociationClassField (UMLAssociation * assoc, bool syncToParentIfAdded = true);

@ -23,18 +23,18 @@
#include "model_utils.h"
#include "object_factory.h"
UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent,
UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent,
const TQString& name, Uml::IDType id)
: UMLObject(tqparent, name, id) {
UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent);
: UMLObject(parent, name, id) {
UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(parent);
UMLClassifier *pc = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObj);
if (pc)
UMLObject::setUMLPackage(pc);
}
UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent)
: UMLObject(tqparent) {
UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(tqparent);
UMLClassifierListItem::UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent)
: UMLObject(parent) {
UMLObject *parentObj = const_cast<UMLObject*>(parent);
UMLClassifier *pc = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier*>(parentObj);
if (pc)
UMLObject::setUMLPackage(pc);
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ UMLClassifierListItem::~UMLClassifierListItem() {
void UMLClassifierListItem::copyInto(UMLClassifierListItem *rhs) const
{
// Call the tqparent.
// Call the parent.
UMLObject::copyInto(rhs);
}

@ -35,30 +35,30 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor. Empty.
*
* @param tqparent The tqparent to this operation.
* @param parent The parent to this operation.
* At first sight it would appear that the type of the
* tqparent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class
* parent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class
* UMLAttribute is also used for the parameters of
* operations, and in this case the UMLOperation is the
* tqparent.
* parent.
* @param name The name of the operation.
* @param id The id of the operation.
*/
UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent,
UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent,
const TQString& name,
Uml::IDType id = Uml::id_None);
/**
* Constructor. Empty.
*
* @param tqparent The tqparent to this operation.
* @param parent The parent to this operation.
* At first sight it would appear that the type of the
* tqparent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class
* parent should be UMLClassifier. However, the class
* UMLAttribute is also used for the parameters of
* operations, and in this case the UMLOperation is the
* tqparent.
* parent.
*/
UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *tqparent);
UMLClassifierListItem(const UMLObject *parent);
/**
* Destructor. Empty.
@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ public:
/**
* Display the properties configuration dialog for the list item.
*
* @param tqparent The tqparent widget.
* @param parent The parent widget.
* @return True for success of this operation.
*/
virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* tqparent) = 0;
virtual bool showPropertiesDialog(TQWidget* parent) = 0;
/**
* Copy the internal presentation of this object into the new

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructs a ClassifierWidget.
*
* @param view The tqparent of this ClassifierWidget.
* @param view The parent of this ClassifierWidget.
* @param o The UMLObject to represent.
*/
ClassifierWidget(UMLView * view, UMLClassifier * o);

@ -290,14 +290,14 @@ bool UMLClipboard::insertItemChildren(UMLListViewItem * Item, UMLListViewItemLis
return true;
}
bool UMLClipboard::pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem *tqparent, IDChangeLog *chgLog) {
if (!tqparent) {
kWarning() << "Paste Children Error, tqparent missing" << endl;
bool UMLClipboard::pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem *parent, IDChangeLog *chgLog) {
if (!parent) {
kWarning() << "Paste Children Error, parent missing" << endl;
return false;
}
UMLDoc *doc = UMLApp::app()->getDocument();
UMLListView *listView = UMLApp::app()->getListView();
UMLListViewItem *childItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(tqparent->firstChild());
UMLListViewItem *childItem = static_cast<UMLListViewItem*>(parent->firstChild());
while (childItem) {
Uml::IDType oldID = childItem->getID();
Uml::IDType newID = chgLog->findNewID(oldID);
@ -571,9 +571,9 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) {
(lvitem->getType() != Uml::lvt_Class && lvitem->getType() != Uml::lvt_Interface)) {
return false;
}
UMLClassifier *tqparent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>(lvitem->getUMLObject());
if (tqparent == NULL) {
kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: tqparent is not a UMLClassifier"
UMLClassifier *parent = dynamic_cast<UMLClassifier *>(lvitem->getUMLObject());
if (parent == NULL) {
kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: parent is not a UMLClassifier"
<< endl;
return false;
}
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) {
UMLObjectList objects;
objects.setAutoDelete(false);
IDChangeLog* idchanges = 0;
bool result = UMLDrag::decodeClip5(data, objects, tqparent);
bool result = UMLDrag::decodeClip5(data, objects, parent);
if(!result) {
return false;
@ -599,16 +599,16 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) {
switch(obj->getBaseType()) {
case Uml::ot_Attribute :
{
UMLObject *exist = tqparent->findChildObject(obj->getName(), Uml::ot_Attribute);
UMLObject *exist = parent->findChildObject(obj->getName(), Uml::ot_Attribute);
if (exist) {
TQString newName = tqparent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Attribute, obj->getName());
TQString newName = parent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Attribute, obj->getName());
obj->setName(newName);
}
UMLAttribute *att = static_cast<UMLAttribute*>(obj);
if (tqparent->addAttribute(att, idchanges)) {
if (parent->addAttribute(att, idchanges)) {
result = true;
} else {
kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << tqparent->getName()
kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << parent->getName()
<< "->addAttribute(" << att->getName() << ") failed" << endl;
}
break;
@ -616,15 +616,15 @@ bool UMLClipboard::pasteClip5(TQMimeSource* data) {
case Uml::ot_Operation :
{
UMLOperation *op = static_cast<UMLOperation*>(obj);
UMLOperation *exist = tqparent->checkOperationSignature(op->getName(), op->getParmList());
UMLOperation *exist = parent->checkOperationSignature(op->getName(), op->getParmList());
if (exist) {
TQString newName = tqparent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Operation, obj->getName());
TQString newName = parent->uniqChildName(Uml::ot_Operation, obj->getName());
op->setName(newName);
}
if (tqparent->addOperation(op, idchanges)) {
if (parent->addOperation(op, idchanges)) {
result = true;
} else {
kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << tqparent->getName()
kError() << "UMLClipboard::pasteClip5: " << parent->getName()
<< "->addOperation(" << op->getName() << ") failed" << endl;
}
break;

@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ private:
/**
* Pastes the tqchildren of a UMLListViewItem (The Parent)
*/
bool pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem* tqparent, IDChangeLog *chgLog);
bool pasteChildren(UMLListViewItem* parent, IDChangeLog *chgLog);
/**
* Gives a `sorry' message box if you're pasting an item which

@ -439,12 +439,12 @@ bool UMLDrag::decodeClip2(const TQMimeSource* mimeSource, UMLObjectList& objects
while ( !diagramElement.isNull() ) {
TQString type = diagramElement.attribute("type", "0");
Uml::Diagram_Type dt = (Uml::Diagram_Type)type.toInt();
UMLListViewItem *tqparent = listView->findFolderForDiagram(dt);
if (tqparent == NULL)
UMLListViewItem *parent = listView->findFolderForDiagram(dt);
if (parent == NULL)
return false;
UMLObject *po = tqparent->getUMLObject();
UMLObject *po = parent->getUMLObject();
if (po == NULL || po->getBaseType() != Uml::ot_Folder) {
kError() << "UMLDrag::decodeClip2: bad tqparent for view" << endl;
kError() << "UMLDrag::decodeClip2: bad parent for view" << endl;
return false;
}
UMLFolder *f = static_cast<UMLFolder*>(po);
@ -584,8 +584,8 @@ bool UMLDrag::decodeClip3(const TQMimeSource* mimeSource, UMLListViewItemList& u
continue;
}
Uml::ListView_Type t = (Uml::ListView_Type)(type.toInt());
UMLListViewItem* tqparent = parentListView->determineParentItem(t);
UMLListViewItem* itemData = new UMLListViewItem(tqparent);
UMLListViewItem* parent = parentListView->determineParentItem(t);
UMLListViewItem* itemData = new UMLListViewItem(parent);
if ( itemData->loadFromXMI(listItemElement) )
umlListViewItems.append(itemData);
else

@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ bool CodeAccessorMethod::parentIsAttribute( ) {
}
/**
* Utility method to get the value of the tqparent object of the tqparent classifield.
* @return the value of the tqparent of the tqparent classfield
* Utility method to get the value of the parent object of the parent classifield.
* @return the value of the parent of the parent classfield
*/
/*
UMLObject * CodeAccessorMethod::getParentObject ( ) {
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ void CodeAccessorMethod::release () {
// do nothing
}
// ok, a method so the tqparent can force it to release
// ok, a method so the parent can force it to release
void CodeAccessorMethod::forceRelease () {
if(m_parentclassfield)
m_parentclassfield->disconnect(this);
@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ void CodeAccessorMethod::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) {
/*
// I don't believe this is needed for a load from XMI. We never delete
// accessor methods from the tqparent classfield.. they are essentially
// in composition with the tqparent class and are arent meant to be out
// accessor methods from the parent classfield.. they are essentially
// in composition with the parent class and are arent meant to be out
// on their own. Well, this is fine for now, but IF we start allowing
// clipping and pasting of these methods between classes/ classfields
// then we may have problems (ugh.. I cant imagine allowing this, but
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void CodeAccessorMethod::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) {
if(newCF)
initFields(newCF);
else
kError()<<"ERROR: code accessor method cant load tqparent codeclassfield, corrupt file?"<<endl;
kError()<<"ERROR: code accessor method cant load parent codeclassfield, corrupt file?"<<endl;
*/
// now load/set other local attributes

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
*/
void setType ( AccessorType type);
/** Utility method to get the value of the tqparent object of the tqparent classifield.
/** Utility method to get the value of the parent object of the parent classifield.
*/
// virtual UMLObject * getParentObject();
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ protected:
virtual void updateContent() = 0;
// a method so the tqparent code classfield can force code block to release
// a method so the parent code classfield can force code block to release
void forceRelease ();
private:

@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ public:
/** constructor with TQString so we can create & populate it in
* one step.
*/
explicit CodeBlock ( CodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString & body = "");
explicit CodeBlock ( HierarchicalCodeBlock * tqparent, const TQString & body = "" );
explicit CodeBlock ( CodeDocument * parent, const TQString & body = "");
explicit CodeBlock ( HierarchicalCodeBlock * parent, const TQString & body = "" );
/**
* Empty Destructor

@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ CodeBlockWithComments::CodeBlockWithComments ( HierarchicalCodeBlock * hb, const
initFields(hb->getParentDocument(), comment);
}
CodeBlockWithComments::CodeBlockWithComments ( CodeDocument * tqparent , const TQString & body, const TQString & comment)
: CodeBlock (tqparent, body)
CodeBlockWithComments::CodeBlockWithComments ( CodeDocument * parent , const TQString & body, const TQString & comment)
: CodeBlock (parent, body)
{
initFields(tqparent, comment);
initFields(parent, comment);
}
CodeBlockWithComments::~CodeBlockWithComments ( ) { }
@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ void CodeBlockWithComments::setOverallIndentationLevel ( int level )
m_comment->setIndentationLevel(level);
}
void CodeBlockWithComments::initFields(CodeDocument *tqparent, const TQString& comment)
void CodeBlockWithComments::initFields(CodeDocument *parent, const TQString& comment)
{
CodeComment * codecomment = CodeGenFactory::newCodeComment(tqparent);
CodeComment * codecomment = CodeGenFactory::newCodeComment(parent);
codecomment->setText(comment);
m_comment = codecomment;
}

@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ private:
CodeComment * m_comment;
void initFields(CodeDocument *tqparent, const TQString& comment);
void initFields(CodeDocument *parent, const TQString& comment);
};

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ CodeClassField::CodeClassField ( ClassifierCodeDocument * doc , UMLAttribute * a
CodeClassField::~CodeClassField ( ) {
// remove methods from tqparent document
// remove methods from parent document
CodeAccessorMethodList list = m_methodVector;
for(CodeAccessorMethod * m = list.first(); m ; m=list.next())
{
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ CodeClassField::~CodeClassField ( ) {
}
list.clear();
// clear the decl block from tqparent text block list too
// clear the decl block from parent text block list too
if(m_declCodeBlock)
{
getParentDocument()->removeTextBlock(m_declCodeBlock);
@ -270,10 +270,10 @@ void CodeClassField::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) {
// always disconnect
getParentObject()->disconnect(this);
// superclass call.. may reset the tqparent object
// superclass call.. may reset the parent object
CodeParameter::setAttributesFromNode(root);
// make AFTER super-class call. This will reconnect to the tqparent
// make AFTER super-class call. This will reconnect to the parent
// and re-check we have all needed child accessor methods and decl blocks
initFields( );
@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void CodeClassField::setAttributesFromNode ( TQDomElement & root) {
} else
if( tag == "header" ) {
// this is treated in tqparent.. skip over here
// this is treated in parent.. skip over here
} else
kWarning()<<"ERROR: bad savefile? code classfield loadFromXMI got child element with unknown tag:"<<tag<<" ignoring node."<<endl;
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ void CodeClassField::updateContent()
{
// Set properties for writing out the various methods derived from UMLRoles.
// I suppose this could be supported under individual accessor method synctotqparent
// I suppose this could be supported under individual accessor method synctoparent
// calls, but its going to happen again and again for many languages. Why not a catch
// all here? -b.t.
if (parentIsAttribute())
@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ void CodeClassField::updateContent()
}
}
// determine whether the tqparent object in this classfield indicates that it is
// determine whether the parent object in this classfield indicates that it is
// a single variable or a List (Vector). One day this will be done correctly with special
// multiplicity object that we don't have to figure out what it means via regex.
bool CodeClassField::fieldIsSingleValue ( )

@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ public:
*/
CodeAccessorMethod * findMethodByType(CodeAccessorMethod::AccessorType type, int role_id = -1);
/** Determine whether the tqparent object in this classfield indicates that it is
/** Determine whether the parent object in this classfield indicates that it is
* a single variable or a List (Vector). One day this will be done correctly with special
* multiplicity object.
*/
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
*/
ClassFieldType getClassFieldType();
// quick utility call to figure out if tqparent is an attribute or not
// quick utility call to figure out if parent is an attribute or not
bool parentIsAttribute ( );
// get the type of object that will be added/removed from lists
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ public:
protected:
/** Set the tqparent UMLobject appropriately.
/** Set the parent UMLobject appropriately.
*/
void setParentUMLObject (UMLObject * obj);

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ CodeClassField * CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentClassField ( ) {
return m_parentclassfield;
}
/** Get the tqparent object of the parentCodeClassfield
/** Get the parent object of the parentCodeClassfield
*/
UMLObject * CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentObject ( ) {
return m_parentclassfield->getParentObject();
@ -143,10 +143,10 @@ void CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::syncToParent () {
// the name of the role is not defined.
if(!(getParentClassField()->parentIsAttribute()))
{
UMLRole * tqparent = dynamic_cast<UMLRole*>(getParentObject());
if (tqparent == NULL)
UMLRole * parent = dynamic_cast<UMLRole*>(getParentObject());
if (parent == NULL)
return;
if(tqparent->getName().isEmpty())
if(parent->getName().isEmpty())
{
getComment()->setWriteOutText(false);
setWriteOutText(false);

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class CodeClassField;
* class CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock
* Used to declare classifier fields (e.g. either class attributes or classifier
* associations) in the code document for any given code classfield. This is a
* special CodeBlockWithComments which is "sync'd" to the tqparent CodeClassField.
* special CodeBlockWithComments which is "sync'd" to the parent CodeClassField.
*/
class CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock : public CodeBlockWithComments, public OwnedCodeBlock
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor
*/
CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock (CodeClassField * tqparent);
CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock (CodeClassField * parent);
/**
* Empty Destructor
@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ public:
*/
CodeClassField * getParentClassField ( );
/** A Utility method to get the tqparent object of the parentCodeClassfield
/** A Utility method to get the parent object of the parentCodeClassfield
*/
UMLObject * getParentObject ( );
// get the tqparent document
// get the parent document
CodeDocument * getParentDocument ( );
/**
@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ protected:
*/
virtual void updateContent() = 0;
// so tqparent can actually release this block
// so parent can actually release this block
void forceRelease ();
private:
CodeClassField * m_parentclassfield;
void init(CodeClassField * tqparent);
void init(CodeClassField * parent);
public slots:

@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ void CodeComment::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
kDebug() << "CodeComment::saveToXMI is called!" << endl;
TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "codecomment" );
setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may
// just use tqparent TextBlock method
// just use parent TextBlock method
root.appendChild( blockElement );
}

@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ void CodeDocument::setAttributesOnNode ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & doc
docElement.appendChild( commElement);
// doc codePolicy?
// FIX: store ONLY if different from the tqparent generator
// FIX: store ONLY if different from the parent generator
// policy.. something which is not possible right now. -b.t.
}

@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ public:
* Create a new dialog interface for this object.
* @return dialog object
*/
virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0);
virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0);
/**
* Gets the heading file (as a string) to be inserted at the

@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ CodeDocumentList * CodeGenerator::getCodeDocumentList ( ) {
}
// the vanilla version
CodeViewerDialog * CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc,
CodeViewerDialog * CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc,
Settings::CodeViewerState state)
{
return new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state);
return new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state);
}
// Other methods
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void CodeGenerator::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
}
/**
* Initialize this code generator from its tqparent UMLDoc. When this is called, it will
* Initialize this code generator from its parent UMLDoc. When this is called, it will
* (re-)generate the list of code documents for this project (generator) by checking
* for new objects/attributes which have been added or changed in the documnet. One or more
* CodeDocuments will be created/overwritten/amended as is appropriate for the given language.
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void CodeGenerator::initFromParentDocument( ) {
}
/**
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument.
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument.
* "UserGenerated" code will be preserved, but Autogenerated contents will be updated/replaced
* or removed as is apppropriate.
*/

@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ public:
/** Get the editing dialog for this code document
*/
virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc,
virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc,
Settings::CodeViewerState state);
/**
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ public:
virtual void createDefaultStereotypes ();
/**
* Initialize this code generator from its tqparent UMLDoc. When this is called,
* Initialize this code generator from its parent UMLDoc. When this is called,
* it will (re-)generate the list of code documents for this project (generator)
* by checking for new objects/attributes which have been added or changed in the
* document. One or more CodeDocuments will be created/overwritten/amended as is
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ public slots:
virtual void checkRemoveUMLObject (UMLObject * obj);
/**
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument.
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument.
* "UserGenerated" code will be preserved, but Autogenerated contents will be updated/replaced
* or removed as is apppropriate.
*/

@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ void AdaWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) {
ada << "tagged ";
} else {
// FIXME: Multiple inheritance is not yet supported
UMLClassifier* tqparent = superclasses.first();
ada << "new " << className(tqparent, false) << " with ";
UMLClassifier* parent = superclasses.first();
ada << "new " << className(parent, false) << " with ";
}
ada << "private;" << m_endl << m_endl;
ada << getIndent() << "type " << name << "_Ptr is access all " << name << "'Class;" << m_endl << m_endl;
@ -363,8 +363,8 @@ void AdaWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) {
ada << "tagged ";
} else {
// FIXME: Multiple inheritance is not yet supported
UMLClassifier* tqparent = superclasses.first();
ada << "new " << className(tqparent, false) << " with ";
UMLClassifier* parent = superclasses.first();
ada << "new " << className(parent, false) << " with ";
}
ada << "record" << m_endl;
m_indentLevel++;

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory {
* Create a CodeOperation belonging to the given ClassifierCodeDocument.
* Only applies to the advanced generators.
*
* @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument.
* @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument.
* @param op the related UMLOperation
* @return CodeOperation which is specific to the current language
*/
@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory {
* ClassifierCodeDocument.
* Only applies to the advanced generators.
*
* @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param at attribute which is tqparent of this class field
* @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param at attribute which is parent of this class field
* @return CodeClassField which is specific to the current language
*/
CodeClassField * newCodeClassField (ClassifierCodeDocument *cd, UMLAttribute * at);
@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory {
* ClassifierCodeDocument.
* Only applies to the advanced generators.
*
* @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param role association role which is tqparent of this class field
* @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param role association role which is parent of this class field
* @return CodeClassField which is specific to the current language
*/
CodeClassField * newCodeClassField(ClassifierCodeDocument *cd, UMLRole *role);
@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory {
* Create a CodeAccessorMethod object belonging to the given ClassifierCodeDocument.
* Only applies to the advanced generators.
*
* @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param cf CodeClassField which is tqparent of this object
* @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param cf CodeClassField which is parent of this object
* @param type CodeAccessorMethod::AccessorType to create
*
* @return CodeAccessorMethod which is specific to the current language
@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory {
* ClassifierCodeDocument.
* Only applies to the advanced generators.
*
* @param cd the tqparent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param cf CodeClassField which is tqparent of this object
* @param cd the parent ClassifierCodeDocument
* @param cf CodeClassField which is parent of this object
*
* @return CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock which is specific to the current language
*/
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ namespace CodeGenFactory {
* Create a new CodeComment object belonging to the given CodeDocument.
* Only applies to the advanced generators.
*
* @param cd the tqparent CodeDocument
* @param cd the parent CodeDocument
* @return CodeBlockWithComments
*/
CodeComment * newCodeComment (CodeDocument *cd);

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public:
* Create a new dialog interface for this object.
* @return dialog object
*/
virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage(TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char *name = 0) = 0;
virtual CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0) = 0;
/**
* set the defaults from a config file for this code generator from the passed KConfig pointer.

@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ TQString CPPCodeClassField::getInitialValue() {
if (at) {
return fixInitialStringDeclValue(at->getInitialValue(), getTypeName());
} else {
kError() << "CPPCodeClassField::getInitialValue: tqparent object is not a UMLAttribute"
kError() << "CPPCodeClassField::getInitialValue: parent object is not a UMLAttribute"
<< endl;
return "";
}

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ CPPCodeComment::~CPPCodeComment ( ) { }
void CPPCodeComment::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "cppcodecomment" );
setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may
// just use tqparent TextBlock method
// just use parent TextBlock method
root.appendChild( blockElement );
}

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ CPPCodeDocumentation::~CPPCodeDocumentation ( ) { }
void CPPCodeDocumentation::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "cppcodedocumentation" );
setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may
// just use tqparent TextBlock method
// just use parent TextBlock method
root.appendChild( blockElement );
}

@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#include <kmessagebox.h>
CPPCodeGenerationForm::CPPCodeGenerationForm( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name )
: CPPCodeGenerationFormBase (tqparent,name)
CPPCodeGenerationForm::CPPCodeGenerationForm( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
: CPPCodeGenerationFormBase (parent,name)
{
init();

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public:
/**
* std ctor
*/
explicit CPPCodeGenerationForm (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0);
explicit CPPCodeGenerationForm (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
/**
* std dtor

@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ void CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::setDefaults( KConfig * config, bool emitUpdateSign
* Create a new dialog interface for this object.
* @return dialog object
*/
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) {
return new CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( tqparent, name, this );
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) {
return new CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( parent, name, this );
}
void CPPCodeGenerationPolicy::init() {

@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ public:
* Create a new dialog interface for this object.
* @return dialog object
*/
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0);
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0);
protected:

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
#include "cppcodegenerationformbase.h"
#include "../uml.h"
CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage::CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy )
: CodeGenerationPolicyPage(tqparent, name, policy)
CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage::CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy )
: CodeGenerationPolicyPage(parent, name, policy)
{
CodeGenerationPolicy *common = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy();
form = new CPPCodeGenerationForm(this);
@ -59,31 +59,31 @@ void CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply()
CodeGenerationPolicy *common = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy();
// now do our cpp-specific configs
CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * tqparent = (CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy;
CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * parent = (CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy;
// block signals so that we don't generate too many sync signals for child code
// documents
tqparent->blockSignals(true);
parent->blockSignals(true);
common->setCommentStyle((CodeGenerationPolicy::CommentStyle ) form->m_SelectCommentStyle->currentItem());
common->setAutoGenerateConstructors(form->getGenerateEmptyConstructors());
tqparent->setAutoGenerateAccessors(form->getGenerateAccessorMethods());
parent->setAutoGenerateAccessors(form->getGenerateAccessorMethods());
tqparent->setDestructorsAreVirtual(form->getVirtualDestructors());
tqparent->setPackageIsNamespace(form->getPackageIsANamespace());
tqparent->setAccessorsAreInline(form->getAccessorsAreInline());
tqparent->setOperationsAreInline(form->getOperationsAreInline());
tqparent->setAccessorsArePublic(form->getAccessorsArePublic());
parent->setDestructorsAreVirtual(form->getVirtualDestructors());
parent->setPackageIsNamespace(form->getPackageIsANamespace());
parent->setAccessorsAreInline(form->getAccessorsAreInline());
parent->setOperationsAreInline(form->getOperationsAreInline());
parent->setAccessorsArePublic(form->getAccessorsArePublic());
tqparent->setStringClassName(form->m_stringClassHCombo->currentText());
tqparent->setStringClassNameInclude(form->m_stringIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText());
tqparent->setStringIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalStringCheckBox->isChecked());
parent->setStringClassName(form->m_stringClassHCombo->currentText());
parent->setStringClassNameInclude(form->m_stringIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText());
parent->setStringIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalStringCheckBox->isChecked());
tqparent->setVectorClassName(form->m_listClassHCombo->currentText());
tqparent->setVectorClassNameInclude(form->m_listIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText());
tqparent->setVectorIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalListCheckBox->isChecked());
parent->setVectorClassName(form->m_listClassHCombo->currentText());
parent->setVectorClassNameInclude(form->m_listIncludeFileHistoryCombo->currentText());
parent->setVectorIncludeIsGlobal(form->m_globalListCheckBox->isChecked());
tqparent->blockSignals(false);
parent->blockSignals(false);
// now send out modified code content signal
common->emitModifiedCodeContentSig();

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyPage {
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0);
explicit CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0);
virtual ~CPPCodeGenerationPolicyPage();

@ -120,14 +120,14 @@ bool CPPCodeGenerator::removeHeaderCodeDocument ( CPPHeaderCodeDocument * remove
// In the C++ version, we need to make both source and header files as well
// as the makefile available.
CodeViewerDialog * CPPCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc,
CodeViewerDialog * CPPCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc,
Settings::CodeViewerState state)
{
ClassifierCodeDocument * cdoc = dynamic_cast<ClassifierCodeDocument*>(doc);
if(!cdoc)
// bah..not a classcode document?? then just use vanilla version
return CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog(tqparent,doc,state);
return CodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog(parent,doc,state);
else {
// build with passed (source) code document
CodeViewerDialog *dialog;
@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ CodeViewerDialog * CPPCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, C
if(hdoc)
{
// if we have a header document..build with that
dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, hdoc, state);
dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, hdoc, state);
dialog->addCodeDocument(doc);
} else
// shouldn't happen, but lets try to gracefully deliver something.
dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state);
dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state);
// add in makefile if available and desired
if(getCreateProjectMakefile())
@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ void CPPCodeGenerator::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
}
/**
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument.
* Need to override tqparent method because we have header documents to consider too.
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument.
* Need to override parent method because we have header documents to consider too.
*/
void CPPCodeGenerator::syncCodeToDocument ( ) {
@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void CPPCodeGenerator::initAttributes ( )
UMLApp::app()->setPolicyExt ( new CPPCodeGenerationPolicy(UMLApp::app()->getConfig()) );
// load Classifier documents from tqparent document
// load Classifier documents from parent document
//initFromParentDocument();
}

@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public:
/** Get the editing dialog for this code document
*/
virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc,
virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc,
Settings::CodeViewerState state);
/**
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ public slots:
virtual void checkRemoveUMLObject (UMLObject * obj);
/**
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the tqparent UMLDocument.
* Force a synchronize of this code generator, and its present contents, to that of the parent UMLDocument.
* "UserGenerated" code will be preserved, but Autogenerated contents will be updated/replaced
* or removed as is apppropriate.
*/

@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ protected:
private:
void init (CPPHeaderCodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &comment);
void init (CPPHeaderCodeDocument * parent, const TQString &comment);
};

@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
// Constructors/Destructors
//
CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent )
CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent )
{
setOverallIndentationLevel(1);
updateContent();
@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::~CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBloc
*/
void CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
{
UMLObject *umltqparent = CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentObject();
if (umltqparent == NULL) {
UMLObject *umlparent = CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::getParentObject();
if (umlparent == NULL) {
return;
}
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
CPPCodeClassField * hcppcf = dynamic_cast<CPPCodeClassField*>(cf);
// Set the comment
TQString notes = umltqparent->getDoc();
TQString notes = umlparent->getDoc();
getComment()->setText(notes);
if(notes.isEmpty())
getComment()->setWriteOutText(false);
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
// Set the body
TQString staticValue = umltqparent->getStatic() ? "static " : "";
TQString staticValue = umlparent->getStatic() ? "static " : "";
TQString typeName = hcppcf->getTypeName();
TQString fieldName = hcppcf->getFieldName();

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor
*/
CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent );
CPPHeaderCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent );
/**
* Empty Destructor
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
protected:
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified"
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified"
void updateContent ( );
private:

@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::loadChildTextBlocksFromNode ( TQDomElement & root)
{
CPPHeaderClassDeclarationBlock * block = getClassDecl();
block->loadFromXMI(element);
// normally this would be populated by the following syncTotqparent
// normally this would be populated by the following syncToparent
// call, but we cant wait for it, so lets just do it now.
namespaceBlock = getHierarchicalCodeBlock("namespace", "Namespace", 0);
@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root
*/
// This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation.
// based on the tqparent classifier object.
// based on the parent classifier object.
// For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code
// document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As
// such, we will want to insert everything we resonablely will want
@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root
// comments) to appear or not, as needed.
void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::updateContent( )
{
// Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class...
// Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class...
UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier();
CodeGenPolicyExt *pe = UMLApp::app()->getPolicyExt();
CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = dynamic_cast<CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*>(pe);
@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ void CPPHeaderCodeDocument::updateContent( )
// Operations
//
// nothing to do here.. "updateOperations" in tqparent class puts things
// nothing to do here.. "updateOperations" in parent class puts things
// in the right place using the "addCodeOperation" method we defined in this class
// FINISH up with hash def block close

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
//
CPPHeaderCodeOperation::CPPHeaderCodeOperation
( CPPHeaderCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment )
: CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment)
( CPPHeaderCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment )
: CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment)
{
// lets not go with the default comment and instead use
// full-blown cpp documentation object instead

@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
// Constructors/Destructors
//
CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent )
CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent )
{
setOverallIndentationLevel(1);
updateContent();

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor
*/
CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent );
CPPSourceCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent );
/**
* Empty Destructor
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
protected:
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified"
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified"
void updateContent ( );
private:

@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void CPPSourceCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks()
}
// This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation.
// based on the tqparent classifier object.
// based on the parent classifier object.
// For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code
// document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As
// such, we will want to insert everything we reasonably will want
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void CPPSourceCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks()
void CPPSourceCodeDocument::updateContent( )
{
// Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class...
// Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class...
//UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier();
CodeGenPolicyExt *pe = UMLApp::app()->getPolicyExt();
CPPCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = dynamic_cast<CPPCodeGenerationPolicy*>(pe);

@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
// Constructors/Destructors
//
CPPSourceCodeOperation::CPPSourceCodeOperation ( CPPSourceCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment )
: CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment)
CPPSourceCodeOperation::CPPSourceCodeOperation ( CPPSourceCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment )
: CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment)
{
// lets not go with the default comment and instead use
// full-blown cpp documentation object instead

@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ void CSharpWriter::writeOverridesRecursive(UMLClassifierList *superclasses, TQTe
opabstract.clear();
}
// Recurse to tqparent superclasses
// Recurse to parent superclasses
UMLClassifierList superRecursive = obj->getSuperClasses();
UMLClassifierList *superRecursivePtr =& superRecursive;
if (superRecursivePtr->count() > 0) {
@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ void CSharpWriter::writeRealizationsRecursive(UMLClassifier *currentClass, UMLAs
writeOperations(opreal,cs,false,false,true);
cs << m_container_indent << m_indentation << "#endregion" << m_endl << m_endl;
// Recurse to tqparent realizations
// Recurse to parent realizations
UMLAssociationList parentReal = real->getRealizations();
if (!parentReal.isEmpty()) {
writeRealizationsRecursive(real, &parentReal, cs);
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ void CSharpWriter::writeOperations(UMLOperationList opList,
if (op->getStatic()) cs << "static ";
}
else {
// method overriding an abstract tqparent
// method overriding an abstract parent
cs << op->getVisibility().toString() << " override ";
if (op->getStatic()) cs << "static ";
}

@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ private:
int m_unnamedRoles;
/**
* write realizations of a class and recurse to tqparent classes
* write realizations of a class and recurse to parent classes
* @param currentClass class to start with
* @param realizations realizations of this class

@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ void IDLWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) {
UMLClassifierList superclasses = c->getSuperClasses();
if (! superclasses.isEmpty()) {
idl << " : ";
UMLClassifier *tqparent = superclasses.first();
UMLClassifier *parent = superclasses.first();
int n_parents = superclasses.count();
while (n_parents--) {
idl << tqparent->getFullyQualifiedName("::");
idl << parent->getFullyQualifiedName("::");
if (n_parents)
idl << ", ";
tqparent = superclasses.next();
parent = superclasses.next();
}
}
idl << " {" << m_endl << m_endl;

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ protected:
private:
void init (JavaClassifierCodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &comment);
void init (JavaClassifierCodeDocument * parent, const TQString &comment);
};

@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void JavaClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks()
}
// This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation.
// based on the tqparent classifier object.
// based on the parent classifier object.
// For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code
// document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As
// such, we will want to insert everything we resonablely will want
@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ void JavaClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks()
// comments) to appear or not, as needed.
void JavaClassifierCodeDocument::updateContent( )
{
// Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class...
// Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class...
UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier();
CodeGenerationPolicy * commonPolicy = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy();
CodeGenPolicyExt * pe = UMLApp::app()->getPolicyExt();

@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void JavaCodeAccessorMethod::updateMethodDeclaration()
break;
default:
case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent:
// do nothing..already have taken tqparent value
// do nothing..already have taken parent value
break;
}

@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TQString JavaCodeClassField::getInitialValue() {
if (at) {
return fixInitialStringDeclValue(at->getInitialValue(), getTypeName());
} else {
kError() << "JavaodeClassField::getInitialValue: tqparent object is not a UMLAttribute"
kError() << "JavaodeClassField::getInitialValue: parent object is not a UMLAttribute"
<< endl;
return "";
}

@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
// Constructors/Destructors
//
JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent )
JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent )
{
setOverallIndentationLevel(1);
updateContent();
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ void JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
break;
default:
case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent:
// do nothing here... will leave as from tqparent object
// do nothing here... will leave as from parent object
break;
}
}
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
} else {
// FIX?: IF a constructor method exists in the classifiercodedoc
// of the tqparent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty).
// of the parent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty).
if(cf->fieldIsSingleValue())
{
if(!typeName.isEmpty())

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor
*/
JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent );
JavaCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent );
/**
* Empty Destructor
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
protected:
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified"
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified"
void updateContent ( );
private:

@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ JavaCodeDocumentation::~JavaCodeDocumentation ( ) { }
void JavaCodeDocumentation::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "javacodedocumentation" );
setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may
// just use tqparent TextBlock method
// just use parent TextBlock method
root.appendChild( blockElement );
}

@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ void JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::setDefaults( KConfig * config, bool emitUpdateSig
* Create a new dialog interface for this object.
* @return dialog object
*/
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name ) {
return new JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( tqparent, name, this );
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::createPage ( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) {
return new JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage ( parent, name, this );
}
void JavaCodeGenerationPolicy::init() {

@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public:
* Create a new dialog interface for this object.
* @return dialog object
*/
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *tqparent = 0, const char * name = 0);
CodeGenerationPolicyPage * createPage ( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char * name = 0);
protected:

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
#include "javacodegenerationformbase.h"
#include "../uml.h"
JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *tqparent, const char *name, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy )
: CodeGenerationPolicyPage(tqparent, name, policy)
JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy )
: CodeGenerationPolicyPage(parent, name, policy)
{
CodeGenerationPolicy *commonPolicy = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy();
form = new JavaCodeGenerationFormBase(this);
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::~JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage()
void JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply()
{
CodeGenerationPolicy *commonPolicy = UMLApp::app()->getCommonPolicy();
JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * tqparent = (JavaCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy;
JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * parent = (JavaCodeGenerationPolicy*) m_parentPolicy;
// block signals so we don't cause too many update content calls to code documents
commonPolicy->blockSignals(true);
@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ void JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage::apply()
commonPolicy->setAttributeAccessorScope((CodeGenerationPolicy::ScopePolicy) (form->m_accessorScopeCB->currentItem()+200));
commonPolicy->setAssociationFieldScope((CodeGenerationPolicy::ScopePolicy) (form->m_assocFieldScopeCB->currentItem()+200));
commonPolicy->setAutoGenerateConstructors(form->m_generateConstructors->isChecked());
tqparent->setAutoGenerateAttribAccessors(form->m_generateAttribAccessors->isChecked());
tqparent->setAutoGenerateAssocAccessors(form->m_generateAssocAccessors->isChecked());
parent->setAutoGenerateAttribAccessors(form->m_generateAttribAccessors->isChecked());
parent->setAutoGenerateAssocAccessors(form->m_generateAssocAccessors->isChecked());
/**
* @todo unclean - CreateANTBuildFile attribute should be in java policy

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ class JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage : public CodeGenerationPolicyPage {
TQ_OBJECT
public:
explicit JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *tqparent=0, const char *name=0, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0);
explicit JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage (TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, JavaCodeGenerationPolicy * policy = 0);
virtual ~JavaCodeGenerationPolicyPage();

@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ bool JavaCodeGenerator::getCreateANTBuildFile ( ) {
}
// In the Java version, we make the ANT build file also available.
CodeViewerDialog * JavaCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument *doc,
CodeViewerDialog * JavaCodeGenerator::getCodeViewerDialog ( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument *doc,
Settings::CodeViewerState state)
{
CodeViewerDialog *dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(tqparent, doc, state);
CodeViewerDialog *dialog = new CodeViewerDialog(parent, doc, state);
if(getCreateANTBuildFile())
dialog->addCodeDocument(findCodeDocumentByID("ANTDOC"));
return dialog;
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CodeDocument * JavaCodeGenerator::newClassifierCodeDocument ( UMLClassifier * c)
}
void JavaCodeGenerator::init() {
// load Classifier documents from tqparent document
// load Classifier documents from parent document
//initFromParentDocument();
// add in an ANT document

@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
/** Get the editing dialog for this code document
*/
virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* tqparent, CodeDocument * doc,
virtual CodeViewerDialog * getCodeViewerDialog( TQWidget* parent, CodeDocument * doc,
Settings::CodeViewerState state);
// Other methods

@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
//
JavaCodeOperation::JavaCodeOperation
( JavaClassifierCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *tqparent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment )
: CodeOperation (doc, tqparent, body, comment)
( JavaClassifierCodeDocument * doc, UMLOperation *parent, const TQString & body, const TQString & comment )
: CodeOperation (doc, parent, body, comment)
{
// lets not go with the default comment and instead use
// full-blown java documentation object instead
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void JavaCodeOperation::updateMethodDeclaration()
maybeStatic = "static ";
TQString startText = strVis + ' ' + maybeStatic + returnType + methodName + " (" + paramStr + ')';
// IF the tqparent is an interface, our operations look different
// IF the parent is an interface, our operations look different
// e.g. they have no body
if(isInterface) {
startText += ';';

@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ void PascalWriter::writeClass(UMLClassifier *c) {
pas << getIndent() << classname << " = object";
if (!superclasses.isEmpty()) {
// FIXME: Multiple inheritance is not yet supported
UMLClassifier* tqparent = superclasses.first();
pas << "(" << qualifiedName(tqparent) << ")";
UMLClassifier* parent = superclasses.first();
pas << "(" << qualifiedName(parent) << ")";
}
pas << m_endl;

@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ static const char *php5words[] =
"ncurses_killchar",
"ncurses_longname",
"ncurses_mouseinterval",
"ncurses_mousetqmask",
"ncurses_mousemask",
"ncurses_move",
"ncurses_mvaddch",
"ncurses_mvaddchnstr",

@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ static const char *words[] =
"ncurses_killchar",
"ncurses_longname",
"ncurses_mouseinterval",
"ncurses_mousetqmask",
"ncurses_mousemask",
"ncurses_move",
"ncurses_mvaddch",
"ncurses_mvaddchnstr",

@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ protected:
private:
void init (RubyClassifierCodeDocument * tqparent, const TQString &comment);
void init (RubyClassifierCodeDocument * parent, const TQString &comment);
};

@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ void RubyClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks()
}
// This method will cause the class to rebuild its text representation.
// based on the tqparent classifier object.
// based on the parent classifier object.
// For any situation in which this is called, we are either building the code
// document up, or replacing/regenerating the existing auto-generated parts. As
// such, we will want to insert everything we resonablely will want
@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ void RubyClassifierCodeDocument::resetTextBlocks()
// comments) to appear or not, as needed.
void RubyClassifierCodeDocument::updateContent( )
{
// Gather info on the various fields and tqparent objects of this class...
// Gather info on the various fields and parent objects of this class...
UMLClassifier * c = getParentClassifier();
RubyCodeGenerator * gen = dynamic_cast<RubyCodeGenerator*>(UMLApp::app()->getGenerator());

@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void RubyCodeAccessorMethod::updateMethodDeclaration()
break;
default:
case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent:
// do nothing..already have taken tqparent value
// do nothing..already have taken parent value
break;
}

@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ TQString RubyCodeClassField::getInitialValue() {
if (at) {
return fixInitialStringDeclValue(at->getInitialValue(), getTypeName());
} else {
kError() << "RubyodeClassField::getInitialValue: tqparent object is not a UMLAttribute"
kError() << "RubyodeClassField::getInitialValue: parent object is not a UMLAttribute"
<< endl;
return "";
}

@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
// Constructors/Destructors
//
RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( tqparent )
RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent )
: CodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( parent )
{
setOverallIndentationLevel(1);
updateContent();
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ void RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
break;
default:
case CodeGenerationPolicy::FromParent:
// do nothing here... will leave as from tqparent object
// do nothing here... will leave as from parent object
break;
}
}
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock::updateContent( )
} else {
// FIX?: IF a constructor method exists in the classifiercodedoc
// of the tqparent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty).
// of the parent Object, then we can use that instead (if its empty).
if(cf->fieldIsSingleValue())
{
if(!typeName.isEmpty())

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public:
/**
* Constructor
*/
RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * tqparent );
RubyCodeClassFieldDeclarationBlock ( CodeClassField * parent );
/**
* Empty Destructor
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
protected:
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the tqparent object is "modified"
// this will be called by syncToParent whenever the parent object is "modified"
void updateContent ( );
private:

@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ RubyCodeDocumentation::~RubyCodeDocumentation ( ) { }
void RubyCodeDocumentation::saveToXMI ( TQDomDocument & doc, TQDomElement & root ) {
TQDomElement blockElement = doc.createElement( "rubycodedocumentation" );
setAttributesOnNode(doc, blockElement); // as we added no additional fields to this class we may
// just use tqparent TextBlock method
// just use parent TextBlock method
root.appendChild( blockElement );
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More

Loading…
Cancel
Save